WO2025166601A1 - Information processing method, communication device, and storage medium - Google Patents
Information processing method, communication device, and storage mediumInfo
- Publication number
- WO2025166601A1 WO2025166601A1 PCT/CN2024/076484 CN2024076484W WO2025166601A1 WO 2025166601 A1 WO2025166601 A1 WO 2025166601A1 CN 2024076484 W CN2024076484 W CN 2024076484W WO 2025166601 A1 WO2025166601 A1 WO 2025166601A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- signal
- cell
- transmission
- ssb
- time
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W28/00—Network traffic management; Network resource management
- H04W28/02—Traffic management, e.g. flow control or congestion control
- H04W28/10—Flow control between communication endpoints
Definitions
- the present disclosure relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to an information processing method, a communication device, and a storage medium.
- network devices can save energy by limiting the transmission of common signals. For example, after the network device enters the Network Energy Saving (NES) state, the network device stops or suspends the transmission of at least some common signals.
- the common signals may include, but are not limited to: synchronization signal broadcast block (Synchronization Signal and (Physical Broadcast Channel, PBCH) block, SSB) and/or system information block (System Inforamation Block, SIB) 1, cell common physical control channel (Physical Downlink Control Channel, PDCCH) and/or physical random access channel (Physical Random Access Channel, PRACH), etc.
- Embodiments of the present disclosure provide an information processing method, a communication device, and a storage medium.
- an information processing method which is executed by a first network device of a first cell, the method comprising: determining a time period for the first cell to perform a first transmission based on transmission of a first signal; the first signal is used for state switching of the first cell between a first state and a second state; the first cell stops the first transmission in the first state; and the first cell performs the first transmission in the second state.
- an information processing method is provided, which is executed by a user equipment UE, and the method includes: determining a time period for a first cell to perform a first transmission based on the transmission of a first signal; the first signal is used for the first cell to switch between a first state and a second state; the first cell stops the first transmission in the first state; and the first cell performs the first transmission in the second state.
- an information processing method performed by a second network device in a second cell, the method comprising: transmitting a first signal to a first network device in a first cell; the first signal being used for the first cell to switch between a first state and a second state; the first cell ceasing first transmission in the first state; the first cell performing first transmission in the second state; the transmission of the first signal further being used to determine a time period during which the first cell performs the first transmission.
- a processing module is configured to determine a DCI transmission time period based on at least one of a DTX and a DRX status of at least one serving cell of a terminal.
- a first network device wherein the first network device includes:
- the processing module is configured to determine a time period during which the first cell performs the first transmission based on the transmission of the first signal; the first signal is used for the first cell to switch between the first state and the second state; the first cell stops the first transmission in the first state; and the first cell performs the first transmission in the second state.
- a user equipment includes:
- the processing module is configured to determine a time period during which the first cell performs the first transmission based on the transmission of the first signal; the first signal is used for the first cell to switch between the first state and the second state; the first cell stops the first transmission in the first state; and the first cell performs the first transmission in the second state.
- a second network device includes: a sending module, configured to send a first signal to a first network device of a first cell; the first signal is used for the first cell to switch between a first state and a second state; the first cell stops the first transmission in the first state; the first cell performs the first transmission in the second state; the transmission of the first signal is also used to determine a time period in which the first cell performs the first transmission.
- a communication device includes: one or more processors; wherein the processor is used to call instructions so that the communication device executes the information processing method provided by any technical means of the aforementioned first to third aspects.
- a storage medium stores instructions, which, when the instructions are executed on a communication device, enable the communication device to execute the information processing method provided by any of the first to third aspects.
- the technical approach provided by the embodiments of the present disclosure can determine, based on the transmission of the first signal, a time period during which the first cell performs the first transmission.
- This time period can include the starting time and/or the latest time for the first cell to perform the first transmission.
- the earliest time can be determined based on the time required for the first cell to switch states and/or the time required for the UE to prepare to receive the first transmission
- the latest time can be determined based on the preparatory operations required for performing the first transmission between the first cell and the UE, thereby achieving maximum energy conservation in the first cell while also improving the quality of the first transmission, for example, reducing transmission delays and/or reception failures.
- FIG1A is a schematic diagram showing an architecture of a communication system according to an exemplary embodiment
- FIG1B is a schematic diagram showing a comparison between an energy-saving state and a non-energy-saving state according to an exemplary embodiment
- FIG1C is a time domain schematic diagram showing an SSB burst according to an exemplary embodiment
- FIG1D is a schematic diagram showing a beam of an SSB burst according to an exemplary embodiment
- FIG2A is a schematic flow chart showing an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment
- FIG2B is a schematic flow chart showing an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment
- FIG2C is a schematic flow chart showing an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment
- FIG2D is a schematic flow chart showing an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment
- FIG3A is a schematic flow chart showing an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment
- FIG3B is a schematic flow chart showing an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment
- FIG4A is a schematic flow chart showing an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment
- FIG4B is a flow chart showing an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment
- FIG5 is a flow chart showing an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment
- FIG6A is a schematic flow chart showing an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment
- FIG6B is a schematic flow chart showing an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment
- FIG7A is a schematic structural diagram of a first network device according to an exemplary embodiment
- FIG7B is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal according to an exemplary embodiment
- FIG7C is a schematic structural diagram of a second network device according to an exemplary embodiment
- FIG8A is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an exemplary embodiment
- FIG8B is a schematic structural diagram of a chip according to an exemplary embodiment.
- Embodiments of the present disclosure provide an information processing method, a communication device, a communication system, and a storage medium.
- a first aspect provides an information processing method, which is performed by a first network device in a first cell, and the method includes:
- a time period for the first cell to perform the first transmission is determined; the first signal is used for the first cell to switch between the first state and the second state; the first cell stops the first transmission in the first state; and the first cell performs the first transmission in the second state.
- a time period for the first cell to perform the first transmission can be determined based on the transmission of the first signal.
- This time period may include a starting time and/or a latest time for the first cell to perform the first transmission.
- the earliest time can be determined based on, for example, the time required for the first cell to switch states and/or the time required for the UE to prepare to receive the first transmission, and the latest time can be determined based on the preparatory operations required for performing the first transmission between the first cell and the UE. This allows the first cell to maximize energy conservation while also improving the quality of the first transmission, for example, reducing transmission delays and/or reception failures.
- the method further includes: receiving a first signal sent by a user equipment UE; or sending the first signal to the user equipment UE; or receiving a first signal sent by a second network device of the second cell.
- the method further includes: receiving a first signal sent by the UE, and sending a second signal to the UE; or, having sent the first signal to the UE, receiving a second signal sent by the UE; or, receiving the first signal sent by the second network device, and sending the second signal to the second network device; the second signal is a confirmation signal of the first signal.
- determining the time period during which the first cell performs the first transmission includes determining a latest time when the first cell performs the first transmission.
- determining the latest time can ensure that the first transmission is transmitted in time and reduce the execution delay of the first transmission.
- determining the latest time for the first cell to perform the first transmission includes: determining a time unit n+k as the latest time for the first cell to perform the first transmission; wherein n is related to the first signal; and k is a time domain offset.
- determining the latest time for the first cell to perform the first transmission includes at least one of the following: determining n based on the reception time or the transmission time of the first signal; determining n based on the transmission time or the reception time of the second signal; and the second signal is a confirmation signal of the first signal.
- determining the latest time at which the first cell performs the first transmission includes at least one of the following:
- k is determined according to whether the UE has the first requirement.
- the signal type of the first signal includes at least one of the following:
- the first signal is a wake-up signal WUS
- the first signal is a first indication; the first indication is used to indicate whether the first cell is turned on or off;
- the first signal is a second indication; the second indication is used to indicate activation or deactivation of the first cell.
- determining k based on a layer 3 measurement period of the first cell comprises at least one of the following: determining k based on a layer 3 measurement period of an SSB of the first cell;
- k is determined according to the layer 3 measurement period of the Channel State Information-Reference Signal (CIS-RS) of the first cell.
- CIS-RS Channel State Information-Reference Signal
- the third signal comprises a non-periodic reference signal.
- the non-periodic reference signal includes at least one of the following:
- TRS Non-periodic Tracking Reference Signal
- a configuration manner of the fourth signal includes at least one of the following:
- determining k according to the received power of the UE includes:
- the structure of the SSB includes a first structure and/or a second structure; at least one of the signal type and/or transmission parameters of the first structure and the second structure is different.
- the SSB of the first structure includes a primary synchronization signal PSS and a secondary synchronization signal SSS
- the SSB of the second structure includes the PSS, the SSS, and the physical broadcast channel PBCH;
- the transmission pattern used by SSB includes a first pattern and/or a second pattern; the first pattern and the second pattern differ in at least one of the number of beams involved and the transmission period.
- the beams involved in the first pattern include a first beam
- the beams involved in the second pattern include a first beam and a second beam
- the first beam includes at least one of the following:
- the beam indicated by the second signal and one or more adjacent beams to the beam indicated by the second signal;
- the second beam is any beam other than the first beam in the first cell
- the sending period involved in the first pattern is within a first value range
- the sending period involved in the second pattern is within a second value range; the second value range is at least partially different from the first value range.
- the first requirement includes at least one of the following:
- AGC automatic gain control
- the method further comprises at least one of the following:
- the layer 3 result period of the first cell determines whether the UE has AGC and/or time-frequency tracking requirements
- a second aspect provides an information processing method, wherein the method is performed by a network device, and the method includes:
- a time period for the first cell to perform the first transmission is determined; the first signal is used for the first cell to switch between the first state and the second state; the first cell stops the first transmission in the first state; and the first cell performs the first transmission in the second state.
- the method further comprises:
- the method further comprises:
- a first signal has been sent to a first network device in a first cell or a second network device in a second cell, and a second signal sent by the first network device or the second network device has been received;
- the second signal is a confirmation signal of the first signal.
- determining a time period during which the first cell performs the first transmission includes determining a latest time when the first cell performs the first transmission.
- determining the latest time at which the first cell performs the first transmission includes:
- determining the latest time at which the first cell performs the first transmission includes at least one of the following:
- n is determined according to the sending time or receiving time of the second signal; the second signal is a confirmation signal of the first signal.
- determining the latest time at which the first cell performs the first transmission includes at least one of the following:
- k is determined according to whether the UE has the first requirement.
- the signal type of the first signal includes at least one of the following:
- the first signal is a wake-up signal WUS
- the first signal is a first indication; the first indication is used to indicate whether the first cell is turned on or off;
- the first signal is a second indication; the second indication is used to indicate activation or deactivation of the first cell.
- Determining k according to a layer 3 measurement period of the first cell comprises at least one of the following: determining k according to a layer 3 measurement period of an SSB of the first cell;
- k is determined according to a layer 3 measurement period of a channel state information-reference signal CSI-RS of the first cell.
- the third signal includes a non-periodic reference signal.
- the non-periodic reference signal includes at least one of the following:
- Aperiodic tracking reference signal TRS is aperiodic tracking reference signal
- the configuration of the fourth signal includes at least one of the following:
- determining k according to the received power of the UE includes:
- the structure of the SSB includes a first structure and/or a second structure; the first structure and the second structure have at least one different model type and/or sending parameter.
- the SSB of the first structure includes a primary synchronization signal PSS and a secondary synchronization signal SSS
- the SSB of the second structure includes a PSS, an SSS, and a physical broadcast channel PBCH; or,
- the transmission pattern used by SSB includes a first pattern and/or a second pattern; the first pattern and the second pattern differ in at least one of the number of beams involved and the transmission period.
- the beams involved in the first pattern include a first beam
- the beams involved in the second pattern include a first beam and a second beam
- the first beam includes at least one of the following:
- the beam indicated by the second signal and one or more adjacent beams to the beam indicated by the second signal;
- the second beam is any beam other than the first beam in the first cell
- the sending period involved in the first pattern is within a first value range
- the sending period involved in the second pattern is within a second value range; the second value range is at least partially different from the first value range.
- the first requirement includes at least one of the following:
- AGC automatic gain control
- the method further comprises at least one of the following:
- the layer 3 result period of the first cell determines whether the UE has AGC and/or time-frequency tracking requirements
- a third aspect provides an information processing method, which is executed by a second network device in a second cell, and the method includes: sending a first signal to a first network device in a first cell; the first signal is used for the first cell to switch between a first state and a second state; the first cell stops the first transmission in the first state; the first cell performs the first transmission in the second state; the transmission of the first signal is also used to determine the time period in which the first cell performs the first transmission.
- sending the first signal to the first network device of the first cell includes:
- a first signal sent by a user equipment UE is received, and the first signal is sent to a first network device.
- the method further comprises:
- a second signal sent by the first network device is received; the second signal is a confirmation signal of the first signal.
- a fourth aspect provides a first network device, wherein the first network device includes:
- the processing module is configured to determine a time period during which the first cell performs the first transmission based on the transmission of the first signal; the first signal is used for the first cell to switch between the first state and the second state; the first cell stops the first transmission in the first state; and the first cell performs the first transmission in the second state.
- a fifth aspect provides a UE, the UE including:
- the processing module is configured to determine a time period during which the first cell performs the first transmission based on the transmission of the first signal; the first signal is used for the first cell to switch between the first state and the second state; the first cell stops the first transmission in the first state; and the first cell performs the first transmission in the second state.
- the sixth aspect provides a second network device, wherein the second network device includes: a sending module, configured to send a first signal to the first network device of the first cell; the first signal is used for the first cell to switch between the first state and the second state; the first cell stops the first transmission in the first state; the first cell performs the first transmission in the second state; the transmission of the first signal is also used to determine the time period during which the first cell performs the first transmission.
- a sending module configured to send a first signal to the first network device of the first cell
- the first signal is used for the first cell to switch between the first state and the second state
- the first cell stops the first transmission in the first state
- the first cell performs the first transmission in the second state
- the transmission of the first signal is also used to determine the time period during which the first cell performs the first transmission.
- an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a communication device, the communication device including: one or more processors;
- the processor is used to call instructions to enable the communication device to execute the information processing method described in the optional implementation of the first to third aspects.
- an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a storage medium, wherein the storage medium stores instructions, which, when the instructions are executed on a communication device, enable the communication device to execute the information processing method described in the optional implementation methods of the first to third aspects.
- an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a program product.
- the program product is executed by a communication device, the communication device executes the information processing method described in the optional implementation of the first to fifth aspects.
- an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a computer program, which, when executed on a computer, enables the computer to execute the information processing method described in the optional implementation manners of the first to third aspects.
- the embodiments of the present disclosure propose an information processing method, a communication device, a communication system and a storage medium.
- the embodiments of the present disclosure are not exhaustive, but are merely illustrative of some embodiments, and are not intended to be a specific limitation on the scope of protection of the present disclosure.
- each step in a certain embodiment can be implemented as an independent embodiment, and the steps can be arbitrarily combined.
- the method after removing some steps in a certain embodiment can also be implemented as an independent embodiment, and the order of the steps in a certain embodiment can be arbitrarily exchanged.
- the optional implementation methods in a certain embodiment can be arbitrarily combined; in addition, the embodiments can be arbitrarily combined.
- some or all of the steps of different embodiments can be arbitrarily combined, and a certain embodiment can be arbitrarily combined with the optional implementation methods of other embodiments.
- elements expressed in singular form such as “a”, “an”, “the”, “above”, “the”, “the”, etc., may mean “one and only one", or “one or more”, “at least one”, etc.
- articles such as “a”, “an”, and “the” in English during translation the noun following the article can be understood as a singular expression or a plural expression.
- plurality refers to two or more.
- the terms "at least one of”, “one or more”, “a plurality of”, “multiple”, etc. can be used interchangeably.
- descriptions such as “at least one of A and B,” “A and/or B,” “in one case A, in another case B,” or “in one case A, in another case B” may include the following technical descriptions depending on the circumstances: in some embodiments, A (A is executed independently of B); in some embodiments, B (B is executed independently of A); in some embodiments, execution is selected from A and B (A and B are selectively executed); and in some embodiments, A and B (both A and B are executed). The same applies when there are more branches, such as A, B, and C.
- a or B and other descriptions may include the following technical approaches, depending on the circumstances: in some embodiments, A (A is executed independently of B); in some embodiments, B (B is executed independently of A); in some embodiments, execution is selected from A and B (A and B are selectively executed). The above is also applicable when there are more branches such as A, B, and C.
- prefixes such as “first” and “second” in the embodiments of the present disclosure are only used to distinguish different description objects and do not constitute any restriction on the position, order, priority, quantity or content of the description objects.
- the description object please refer to the description in the context of the claims or embodiments, and no unnecessary restriction should be constituted due to the use of prefixes.
- the description object is a "field”
- the ordinal number before the "field” in the "first field” and the "second field” does not limit the position or order between the "fields”.
- “First” and “second” do not limit whether the "fields” they modify are in the same message, nor do they limit the order of the "first field” and the "second field”.
- the description object is a "level”
- the ordinal number before the "level” in the “first level” and the “second level” does not limit the priority between the "levels”.
- the number of description objects is not limited by the ordinal number and can be one or more. Taking “first device” as an example, the number of "devices” can be one or more.
- the objects modified by different prefixes can be the same or different. For example, if the description object is "device”, then the “first device” and the “second device” can be the same device or different devices, and their types can be the same or different.
- the description object is "information”, then the "first category of information” and the "second category of information” can be the same information or different information, and their contents can be the same or different.
- “including A,” “comprising A,” “used to indicate A,” and “carrying A” can be interpreted as directly carrying A or indirectly indicating A.
- terms such as “greater than”, “greater than or equal to”, “not less than”, “more than”, “more than or equal to”, “not less than”, “higher than”, “higher than or equal to”, “not less than”, and “above” can be replaced with each other, and terms such as “less than”, “less than or equal to”, “not greater than”, “less than”, “less than or equal to”, “not more than”, “lower than”, “lower than or equal to”, “not higher than”, and “below” can be replaced with each other.
- devices, etc. can be interpreted as physical or virtual, and their names are not limited to the names recorded in the embodiments.
- Terms such as “device”, “equipment”, “device”, “circuit”, “network element”, “node”, “function”, “unit”, “section”, “system”, “network”, “chip”, “chip system”, “entity”, and “subject” can be used interchangeably.
- network can be interpreted as devices included in the network (eg, access network equipment, core network equipment, etc.).
- the terms “access network device (AN device)”, “radio access network device (RAN device)”, “base station (BS)”, “radio base station”, “fixed station”, “node”, “access point”, “transmission point (TP)”, “reception point (RP)”, “transmission/reception point (TRP)”, “panel”, “antenna panel”, “antenna array”, “cell”, “macro cell”, “small cell”, “femto cell”, “pico cell”, “sector”, “cell group”, “serving cell”, “carrier”, “component carrier”, and “bandwidth part (BWP)” may be used interchangeably.
- terminal In some embodiments, the terms "terminal”, “terminal device”, “user equipment (UE)”, “user terminal”, “mobile station (MS)”, “mobile terminal (MT)", subscriber station, mobile unit, subscriber unit, wireless unit, remote unit, mobile device, wireless device, wireless communication device, remote device, mobile subscriber station, access terminal, mobile terminal, wireless terminal, remote terminal, handset, user agent, mobile client, client, etc. can be used interchangeably.
- UE user equipment
- MS mobile station
- MT mobile terminal
- subscriber station mobile unit, subscriber unit, wireless unit, remote unit, mobile device, wireless device, wireless communication device, remote device, mobile subscriber station, access terminal, mobile terminal, wireless terminal, remote terminal, handset, user agent, mobile client, client, etc.
- the access network device, the core network device, or the network device can be replaced by a terminal.
- the various embodiments of the present disclosure can also be applied to a structure in which the communication between the access network device, the core network device, or the network device and the terminal is replaced by communication between multiple terminals (for example, device-to-device (D2D), vehicle-to-everything (V2X), etc.).
- D2D device-to-device
- V2X vehicle-to-everything
- terms such as "uplink” and “downlink” can also be replaced by terms corresponding to communication between terminals (for example, "side”).
- uplink channels, downlink channels, etc. can be replaced by side channels
- uplinks, downlinks, etc. can be replaced by side links.
- the terminal may be replaced by an access network device, a core network device, or a network device.
- the access network device, the core network device, or the network device may have a structure that has all or part of the functions of the terminal.
- obtaining data, information, etc. may comply with the laws and regulations of the country where the data is obtained.
- data, information, etc. may be obtained with the user's consent.
- each element, each row, or each column in the table of the embodiment of the present disclosure can be implemented as an independent embodiment, and the combination of any elements, any rows, and any columns can also be implemented as an independent embodiment.
- FIG1A is a schematic diagram showing the architecture of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
- a communication system 100 includes a terminal 101 and a network device 102.
- the network device 102 may include an access network device and/or a core network device.
- the terminal 101 includes, for example, a mobile phone, a wearable device, an Internet of Things device, a car with communication function, a smart car, a tablet computer, a computer with wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (AR) terminal device, a wireless terminal device in industrial control, a wireless terminal device in self-driving, a wireless terminal device in remote medical surgery, a wireless terminal device in a smart grid, a wireless terminal device in transportation safety, a wireless terminal device in a smart city, and at least one of a wireless terminal device in a smart home, but is not limited thereto.
- a mobile phone a wearable device, an Internet of Things device, a car with communication function, a smart car, a tablet computer, a computer with wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (AR) terminal device, a wireless terminal device in industrial control, a wireless terminal device in self-driving, a wireless terminal device in remote medical surgery
- the terminal is also referred to as user equipment (UE).
- UE user equipment
- the access network device may be, for example, a node or device that accesses a terminal to a wireless network.
- the access network device may include an evolved Node B (eNB), a next generation evolved Node B (ng-eNB), a next generation Node B (gNB), a node B (NB), a home node B (HNB), a home evolved node B (HeNB), a wireless backhaul device, a radio network controller (RNC), a base station controller (BSC), a base transceiver station (BTS), a base band unit (BBU), a mobile switching center, a base station in a 6G communication system, an open base station (Open RAN), a cloud base station (Cloud RAN), a base station in other communication systems, and at least one of an access node in a Wi-Fi system, but is not limited thereto.
- eNB evolved Node B
- ng-eNB next generation evolved Node B
- gNB next generation Node B
- NB no
- the technical approach of the present disclosure may be applicable to the Open RAN architecture.
- the interfaces between or within the access network devices involved in the embodiments of the present disclosure may become internal interfaces of Open RAN, and the processes and information interactions between these internal interfaces may be implemented through software or programs.
- the access network device may be composed of a centralized unit (CU) and a distributed unit (DU), where the CU may also be called a control unit.
- the CU-DU structure may be used to split the protocol layers of the access network device, with some functions of the protocol layers centrally controlled by the CU, and the remaining functions of some or all of the protocol layers distributed in the DU, which is centrally controlled by the CU, but is not limited to this.
- the core network device may be a single device including a first network element, or may be multiple devices or a group of devices, each including a first network element.
- the network element may be virtual or physical.
- the core network may include, for example, at least one of an Evolved Packet Core (EPC), a 5G Core Network (5GCN), and a Next Generation Core (NGC).
- EPC Evolved Packet Core
- 5GCN 5G Core Network
- NGC Next Generation Core
- the communication system described in the embodiment of the present disclosure is for the purpose of more clearly illustrating the technical approach of the embodiment of the present disclosure, and does not constitute a limitation on the technical approach provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure.
- Ordinary technicians in this field can know that with the evolution of the system architecture and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical approach provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure is also applicable to similar technical problems.
- the following embodiments of the present disclosure may be applied to the communication system 100 shown in FIG1A , or a portion thereof, but are not limited thereto.
- the entities shown in FIG1A are illustrative only.
- the communication system may include all or part of the entities shown in FIG1A , or may include other entities other than those shown in FIG1A .
- the number and form of the entities may be arbitrary.
- the connection relationship between the entities is illustrative only.
- the entities may be connected or disconnected, and the connection may be in any manner, including direct or indirect, wired or wireless.
- LTE Long Term Evolution
- LTE-A LTE-Advanced
- SUPER 3G IMT-Advanced
- communication system (4G) fifth generation mobile communication system
- 5G 5G new radio
- NR 5G new radio
- FAA new radio access technology
- RAT new radio
- NR new radio access
- NX new radio access
- FX future generation radio access
- GSM Global System for Mobile communications
- CDMA2000 Ultra Mobile Broadband
- UMB Ultra Mobile Broadband
- IEEE 802.11 Wi-Fi (registered trademark)
- IEEE 802.16 WiMAX (registered trademark)
- IEEE 802.20 ultra-wideband (UWB), Bluetooth (registered trademark), public land mobile network (PLMN) network
- D2D device-to-device
- M2M machine to machine
- M2M Machine
- IoT Vehicle-to-Everything
- SSB and/or SIB1 are no longer sent periodically, but are instead sent based on the needs of NES-enabled UEs (NES UEs).
- the specific process is shown in Figure 1B :
- the base station stops periodically sending SSB and/or SIB1 and enters the NES state.
- the base station receives a first signal, which can be one or more of a wake-up signal (WUS) sent by the UE, a cell on indication (cell on indication) or cell off indication (cell off indication) sent from another cell, or cell activation signaling (Scell activation signaling) and/or cell deactivation signaling (Scell deactivation signaling) from another cell.
- WUS wake-up signal
- Scell activation signaling cell activation signaling
- Scell deactivation signaling cell deactivation signaling
- the base station After receiving the first signal, the base station enters the non-NES state and sends SSB and/or SIB1 after a certain delay after entering the NES state.
- the network device stops sending SSB and/or SIB1 (returns to the NES state) after sending one or more SSB burst sets (SSB burst sets (burst)).
- the network periodically transmits SSB bursts with transmission periods of 5ms, 10ms, 20ms, 40ms, 80ms, and 160ms.
- SSB bursts are sent in the first half (first 5ms) or second half (last 5ms) of a 10ms frame.
- the maximum number of beams within an SSB burst depends on the frequency band of the component carrier (CC).
- the maximum number of beams within an SSB burst is 4 for bands below 3 GHz, 8 for bands between 3 GHz and 6 GHz, and 64 for bands above 6 GHz, respectively.
- An example of an SSB pattern is shown in Figure 1C.
- an SSB burst contains 8 SSBs, transmitted in the first half of the frame, with an SSB period of 10ms.
- the SSBs within the SSB burst are transmitted in different beam directions.
- the UE After a UE accesses a cell, it has determined the optimal SSB beam.
- the UE After successfully receiving and demodulating the SSB in the optimal SSB beam direction, the UE obtains the time-frequency location of search space #0.
- the UE blindly detects the downlink control information (DCI) transmitted in the scheduling system information block (SIB) in search Space #0 to receive and demodulate SIB1.
- DCI downlink control information
- SIB scheduling system information block
- an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is executed by a communication system.
- the information processing method may include:
- S2101 The UE sends a first signal to a first network device.
- the first network device may be an access network device of the first cell.
- the first signal is used to request or instruct the first cell to switch between the first state and the second state.
- the first signal is used to request or indicate that the first cell is in the first state or the second state.
- the first signal may include but is not limited to a WUS sent by the UE.
- the WUS signal may be used to request that the first cell be in the first state or the second state.
- the WUS may be used to request (trigger) the first cell to exit the first state.
- the first state may be the NES state.
- the first cell after exiting the first state, the first cell enters the second state.
- the second state may be the non-NES state.
- the WUS may be used to request (trigger) the first cell to enter the second state.
- the first cell when the first cell is in the NES state, the first cell suspends or stops sending a common signal.
- the common signal may include but is not limited to one or more of an SSB, a SIB, a signal sent by a cell-common PDCCH, a cell-level reference signal, and the like.
- the first cell when the first cell exits the NES state and enters the non-NES state, the first cell will resume sending the public signal.
- the first cell does not perform the first transmission in the first state, and/or the first cell performs the first transmission in the second state.
- the energy consumption of the first cell in the first state is lower than the energy consumption of the first cell in the second state.
- the first cell performing the first transmission may include but is not limited to at least one of the following:
- the first cell sends a downlink signal
- the first cell sends downlink data
- the first cell receives an uplink signal
- the first cell receives uplink data.
- the downlink signal may include, but is not limited to, a downlink common signal and a downlink terminal-specific signal.
- downlink data may include but is not limited to: data sent by the Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) and/or random access responses.
- PDSCH Physical Downlink Shared Channel
- the uplink signal may include, but is not limited to, an uplink positioning reference signal and/or a sounding reference signal.
- uplink data may include but is not limited to: data and/or random access requests sent by the Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH).
- PUSCH Physical Uplink Shared Channel
- the first network device sends a second signal to the UE.
- the first network device when the first network device determines to control the first cell to exit the first state according to the first signal, it sends a second signal to the UE.
- the first network device when the first network device determines to control the first cell to enter the second state according to the first signal, the first network device sends a second signal to the UE.
- the second signal may be an acknowledgment signal. In some embodiments, the second signal may be an acknowledgment character (ACK).
- ACK acknowledgment character
- S2102 may be an optional step. For example, if the first network device controls the state switching of the first cell according to the first signal by default, S2102 may be omitted in order to save signaling overhead.
- S2103 The first network device or the UE respectively determines a time period in which the first cell performs the first transmission.
- the first network device or UE determines the earliest time and/or the latest time for the first cell to perform the first transmission.
- the earliest time may be determined based on a switching time required for the first network device to switch from the first state to the second state.
- the earliest time may be determined based on the time required for the UE to participate in the operation corresponding to the first transmission performed by the first network device.
- the latest time may be determined according to a preset time offset.
- the time unit n+k is determined to be the latest time when the first cell performs the first transmission.
- n is related to the first signal. In some embodiments, k is a time domain offset.
- n is related to the transmission time of the first signal.
- n is the index or identifier of the time unit in which the transmission time of the first signal is located.
- n is related to the transmission time of a second signal associated with the first signal.
- the second signal is a feedback signal of the first signal.
- the feedback signal may include an acknowledgment signal and/or a denial signal.
- the first network device may send a denial signal to the UE.
- the time unit may include but is not limited to a time slot, a mini-time slot, a subframe, or a symbol.
- n+k may be an index or identifier of the time unit.
- n is determined based on the reception time or the transmission time of the first signal.
- the first network device determines n according to a reception time of the first signal.
- the UE determines n based on the sending time of the first signal.
- n is determined based on the time when the second signal is sent or received.
- the first network device determines n based on the time when the second signal is sent.
- the UE determines n based on the time when the second signal is received.
- determining the latest time at which the first cell performs the first transmission includes at least one of the following:
- k is determined according to whether the UE has the first requirement.
- the signal type of the first signal includes: a wake-up signal, a first indication, and/or a second indication.
- Wake-up signal WUS the WUS signal is used to request or instruct the first cell to exit the first energy-saving state or enter the first energy-saving state;
- the first indication is used to indicate whether the first cell is turned on or off. At the same time, the first indication is also reused to indicate or request the first cell to be in the first state or the second state.
- the first cell being turned off or on may correspond to the first state and the second state.
- the second indication is used to indicate activation or deactivation of the first cell.
- the second indication can also be multiplexed to indicate or request the first cell to enter or exit the first state.
- Activation or deactivation of the first cell can correspond to the first state and/or the second state.
- the first indication may include but is not limited to: a cell on indication (Cell on indication) and/or a cell off indication (Cell off indication).
- Cell on indication a cell on indication
- Cell off indication a cell off indication
- the second indication may include but is not limited to (Scell activation signaling) when the first cell serves as a secondary cell and/or a cell deactivation indication (Scell deactivation signaling).
- the WUS signal may be used to request that the first cell be in the first state and/or the second state; the WUS signal may be used to request that the first cell be in the first state or the second state.
- the WUS may be used to request (trigger) the first cell to exit the first state.
- the first state may be an NES state.
- the first cell after exiting the first state, the first cell enters the second state.
- the second state may be a non-NES state.
- the WUS may be used to request (trigger) the first cell to enter the second state.
- the first indication may include, but is not limited to, a cell on indication and/or a cell off indication.
- the first indication may indicate that the cell is on and the cell is in a first state; the first indication may indicate that the cell is on and the cell is in a second state; the first indication may indicate that the cell is off and the cell is in the first state; and the first indication may indicate that the cell is off and the cell is in the second state.
- the second indication may include, but is not limited to, Scell activation signaling when the first cell serves as a secondary cell and/or a cell deactivation signaling.
- the second indication may indicate that the cell is activated and the cell is in a first state; the second indication may indicate that the cell is deactivated and the cell is in a second state; the second indication may indicate that the cell is activated and the cell is in the first state; and the second indication may indicate that the cell is deactivated and the cell is in the second state.
- different types of first signals correspond to different k.
- the first signal may be a WUS, and k is determined according to the WUS.
- k is determined, for example, based on a time range of a layer 3 measurement period of the first cell. Different time ranges may have a preset correspondence with different k values.
- k is determined by whether the first cell is configured with SMTC. For example, k is different if the first cell is configured with SMTC or not.
- the first cell is a known cell of the UE and the first cell is an unknown cell of the UE, and the corresponding k is different.
- determining k based on a layer 3 measurement period of the first cell comprises at least one of the following: determining k based on a layer 3 measurement period of an SSB of the first cell;
- k is determined according to a layer 3 measurement period of a channel state information-reference signal CSI-RS of the first cell.
- the layer 3 measurement period of the SSB of the first cell may be a period configured in the cell configuration before the first cell enters the first cell, or a period configured by the second cell for the first cell.
- the layer 3 measurement period of the CSI-RS may be a period configured in the cell configuration before the first cell enters the first cell, or a period configured by the second cell for the first cell.
- Aperiodic reference signals may include, but are not limited to, dynamically configured (or scheduled) reference signals.
- the third signal may include, but is not limited to, various non-periodic signals.
- the third signal may be a signal of a designated function.
- the third signal may include but is not limited to TRS.
- the non-periodic reference signal includes at least one of the following:
- Aperiodic tracking reference signal TRS is aperiodic tracking reference signal
- the aperiodic CSI-RS may include but is not limited to a dynamically configured (or scheduled) CSI-RS.
- the non-periodic TRS may include but is not limited to a dynamically configured (or scheduled) TRS.
- the non-periodic reference signal may also include but is not limited to a non-periodic demodulation reference signal (DMRS).
- DMRS non-periodic demodulation reference signal
- the configuration of the fourth signal includes at least one of the following:
- different configurations of the fourth signal may have the same or different K.
- the fourth signal may include but is not limited to CSI-RS, SSB and/or DMRS.
- determining k based on the received power of the UE includes:
- determining k based on the received power of the UE may further include at least one of the following:
- k is determined according to the receiving power level supported by the UE.
- the frequency range may include FR1 and/or FR2.
- FR2 may further include FR2-1.
- the UE when the UE carriers are aggregated or dual-connected, the UE may have multiple secondary cells and the first cell is the secondary cell of the UE.
- k can be determined based on whether the UE has other secondary cells that belong to the same frequency range as the first cell. Exemplarily, if the UE has other secondary cells (i.e., the third cell) in the same frequency range as the first cell, k can be appropriately reduced. Another exemplary embodiment is that if the UE does not have other secondary cells (i.e., the third cell) in the same frequency range as the first cell, k can be appropriately increased.
- the UE's serving cell also has a cell that uses FR1 or FR2 together with the first cell, it means that the UE's serving cell also has a third cell that uses the same frequency range as the first cell.
- the third cell can be the UE's primary cell and/or secondary cell.
- the first frequency range may include, but is not limited to, FR2 or FR1.
- whether the UE has an activated serving cell in the first frequency range may include whether the UE has an activated secondary cell in FR2.
- whether the service cell activated by the UE in the first frequency range may include the primary cell and/or secondary cell activated by the UE in the first frequency range, that is, of course the frequency range of the primary cell of the UE is the first frequency range, and it can also be considered that the UE has an activated service cell in the first frequency range.
- the number of serving cells activated by the UE in the first frequency range may be a natural number or a positive integer. If the number of serving cells activated by the UE in the first frequency range is different, then k may be different.
- the method further comprises: determining k according to a transmit power supported by the UE.
- k is determined according to a maximum transmit power or a transmit power level supported by the UE.
- the structure of the SSB includes a first structure and/or a second structure.
- at least one of a signal type and/or a transmission parameter of the first structure and the second structure is different.
- Exemplary SSBs of different structures correspond to the same or different k.
- the first structure of the SSB includes a primary synchronization signal PSS and a secondary synchronization signal SSS
- the second structure of the SSB includes the PSS, SSS, and a physical broadcast channel PBCH. That is, the second structure of the SSB is a simplified SSB.
- the SSB of the second structure may also include only the PSS.
- the second structured SSB includes fewer signal types than the first structured SSB.
- the first structured SSB may include both the PSS and the SSS, while the second structured SSB may include only the PSS.
- the first structured SSB may include both the PSS and the PBCH, while the second structured SSB may include only the PSS.
- the time domain intervals of SSB burst sets (brust) of SSBs with different structures are different.
- the transmission pattern used by SSB may include a frequency domain pattern used by SSB and/or a time domain pattern used by SSB.
- the transmission pattern used by SSB includes a first pattern and/or a second pattern; the first pattern and the second pattern involve At least one of the number of beams and the transmission period is different.
- the second beam is any beam other than the first beam in the first cell
- the sending period involved in the first pattern is within the first value range and the sending period involved in the second pattern is within the second value range; the second value range is at least partially different from the first value range.
- the sending period involved in the first pattern is within the first value range and the sending period involved in the second pattern is within the second value range; the second value range is at least partially different from the first value range.
- the first requirement includes at least one of the following:
- AGC automatic gain control
- the first requirement may further include whether the UE has a synchronization requirement.
- the first requirement may include a requirement for the UE to establish downlink synchronization with the first cell.
- the first requirement may also include whether the UE has a requirement to obtain the downlink timing of the UE.
- the method further comprises at least one of the following:
- the layer 3 result period of the first cell determines whether the UE has AGC and/or time-frequency tracking requirements
- an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is executed by a communication system.
- the information processing method may include:
- S2201 The UE sends a first signal to a second network device.
- the second network device may be an access network device of the second cell.
- the first cell may be a secondary cell of the UE, and the second cell may be a primary cell of the UE.
- the first signal may include but is not limited to a WUS sent by the UE, a cell activation request (or indication), a cell deactivation request (or indication), a cell start request (or instruction), or a cell shutdown request (or instruction).
- the WUS may be used to request (trigger) the first cell to exit a first state.
- the first state may be an NES state.
- the first cell after exiting the first state, the first cell enters a second state.
- the second state may be a non-NES state.
- the cell activation request (or indication) may be used to request activation of the first cell, i.e., the first cell enters an activated state.
- the cell deactivation request (or indication) may be used to request deactivation of the first cell, i.e., the first cell enters a deactivated state.
- the cell on indication may be used to request the first cell to be turned on, ie, the first cell enters an on state.
- the cell off request (or instruction) may be used to request the first cell to be turned off, ie, the first cell enters an off state.
- the first cell when the first cell is in the NES state, the first cell suspends or stops sending a common signal.
- the common signal may include but is not limited to one or more of an SSB, a SIB, a signal sent by a cell-common PDCCH, a cell-level reference signal, and the like.
- the first cell when the first cell exits the NES state and enters the non-NES state, the first cell will resume sending the public signal.
- the first cell does not perform the first transmission in the first state, and/or the first cell performs the first transmission in the second state.
- the energy consumption of the first cell in the first state is lower than the energy consumption of the first cell in the second state.
- the first cell performing the first transmission may include but is not limited to at least one of the following:
- the first cell sends a downlink signal
- the first cell sends downlink data
- the first cell receives an uplink signal
- the first cell receives uplink data.
- the downlink signal may include, but is not limited to, a downlink common signal and a downlink terminal-specific signal.
- downlink data may include but is not limited to: data sent by the Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) and/or random access responses.
- PDSCH Physical Downlink Shared Channel
- the uplink signal may include, but is not limited to, an uplink positioning reference signal and/or a sounding reference signal.
- uplink data may include but is not limited to: data and/or random access requests sent by the Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH).
- PUSCH Physical Uplink Shared Channel
- S2201 is an optional step. Referring to FIG. 2C , S2101 may be omitted.
- S2202 The second network device sends a first signal to the first network device.
- the second network device receives the first signal sent by the UE, and sends the first signal to the first network device.
- the second network device automatically sends the first signal to the first network device based on the load rate and/or cell capacity of the second cell. For example, the second network device may send the first signal to the first network device when the second cell needs to share the traffic of the first cell or to achieve load balancing between the first cell and the second cell.
- the first signal sent by the second network device to the first network device may be the same as the first signal received from the UE.
- the first signal sent by the second network device to the first network device may be different from the first signal received from the UE.
- the second network device receives a WUS from the UE, and the second network device may send a first indication and/or a second indication to the first network device.
- the second network device after the second network device receives the WUS from the UE, it sends the first indication or the second indication to the first network device according to the cell state of the first cell.
- the second network device receives the WUS from the first cell, the first cell is in a deactivated state, and the second network device may send the second indication to the first cell.
- the second network device receives the WUS from the first cell, the first cell is in a closed state, and the second network device may send the first indication to the first cell.
- the second network device may further send third information to the first network device.
- the third information indicates the signal type of the first signal received by the second network device from the UE, or the third information indicates that the second network device is triggered by the UE to send the first signal to the first network device.
- the third information may be carried on the first signal or on a signal other than the first signal.
- S2203 The first network device sends a second signal to the second network device.
- the second signal may be a feedback signal of the first signal.
- the feedback signal may include but is not limited to a confirmation signal and/or a negative signal.
- the second signal may include a confirmation signal alone.
- the first network device sends the confirmation signal when determining to perform the state switching of the first cell based on the first signal.
- the second signal may include a negative acknowledgement signal alone.
- the first network device sends a confirmation signal when determining not to execute the status of the first cell based on the first signal.
- S2203 may be an optional step, for example, the first network device performs state switching of the first cell based on the first signal by default.
- the second cell is a primary cell of the first cell and the first cell is scheduled by the second cell.
- S2204 The second network device sends a second signal to the UE.
- the second network device sends a first signal to the first network device based on the first signal sent by the UE, and then sends a second signal to the UE after receiving the second signal sent by the first network device.
- the second network device may, after receiving the second signal, send a special second signal to the UE, taking into account considerations such as load balancing of the UE to the first cell.
- the UE may be informed of an impending state handover of the first cell or a time period during which the first cell will perform the first transmission.
- step S2204 may be an optional step. For example, if the first network device performs the state switching of the first cell based on the first signal by default, the second network device may not receive the second signal from the first network device, and the second network device may also omit the step of sending the second signal to the UE. For another example, if the first signal is sent by the second network device itself to the first network device, the second network device may also omit sending the second signal to the first network device.
- S2205 The first network device or the UE respectively determines a time period in which the first cell performs the first transmission.
- the first network device or UE determines the earliest time and/or the latest time for the first cell to perform the first transmission.
- the earliest time may be determined based on a switching time required for the first network device to switch from the first state to the second state.
- the earliest time may be determined based on the time required for the UE to participate in the operation corresponding to the first transmission performed by the first network device.
- the latest time may be determined according to a preset time offset.
- the time unit n+k is determined to be the latest time when the first cell performs the first transmission.
- n is related to the first signal. In some embodiments, k is a time domain offset.
- n is related to the transmission time of the first signal.
- n is the index or identifier of the time unit in which the transmission time of the first signal is located.
- n is related to the transmission time of a second signal associated with the first signal.
- the second signal is a feedback signal of the first signal.
- the feedback signal may include an acknowledgment signal and/or a denial signal.
- the first network device may send a denial signal to the UE.
- the time unit may include but is not limited to a time slot, a mini-time slot, a subframe, or a symbol.
- n+k may be an index or identifier of the time unit.
- n is determined based on the reception time or the transmission time of the first signal.
- the UE determines n based on the sending time of the first signal.
- n is determined based on the time when the second signal is sent or received.
- the first network device determines n based on the time when the second signal is sent.
- the UE determines n based on the time when the second signal is received.
- determining the latest time at which the first cell performs the first transmission includes at least one of the following:
- k is determined according to whether the UE has the first requirement.
- the signal type of the first signal includes at least one of the following:
- the first signal is a wake-up signal WUS
- the first signal is a first indication; the first indication is used to indicate whether the first cell is turned on or off;
- the first signal is a second indication; the second indication is used to indicate activation or deactivation of the first cell.
- the first indication may include, but is not limited to, a cell on indication (Cell on indication) and/or a cell off indication (Cell off indication).
- the second indication may include, but is not limited to, when the first cell serves as a secondary cell (Scell activation signaling) and/or a cell deactivation indication (Scell deactivation signaling).
- the WUS signal may be used to request that the first cell be in the first state and/or the second state; the WUS signal may be used to request that the first cell be in the first state or the second state.
- the WUS may be used to request (trigger) the first cell to exit the first state.
- the first state may be an NES state.
- the first cell after exiting the first state, the first cell enters the second state.
- the second state may be a non-NES state.
- the WUS may be used to request (trigger) the first cell to enter the second state.
- the first indication may include, but is not limited to, a cell on indication and/or a cell off indication.
- the first indication may indicate that the cell is on and the cell is in a first state; the first indication may indicate that the cell is on and the cell is in a second state; the first indication may indicate that the cell is off and the cell is in the first state; and the first indication may indicate that the cell is off and the cell is in the second state.
- the second indication may include, but is not limited to, Scell activation signaling when the first cell serves as a secondary cell and/or a cell deactivation signaling.
- the second indication may indicate that the cell is activated and the cell is in a first state; the second indication may indicate that the cell is deactivated and the cell is in a second state; the second indication may indicate that the cell is activated and the cell is in the first state; and the second indication may indicate that the cell is deactivated and the cell is in the second state.
- different types of first signals correspond to different k.
- the first signal may be a WUS, and k is determined according to the WUS.
- k is determined, for example, based on a time range of a layer 3 measurement period of the first cell. Different time ranges may have a preset correspondence with different k values.
- k is determined by whether the first cell is configured with SMTC. For example, k is different if the first cell is configured with SMTC or not.
- the first cell is a known cell of the UE and the first cell is an unknown cell of the UE, and the corresponding k is different.
- determining k based on a layer 3 measurement period of the first cell comprises at least one of the following: determining k based on a layer 3 measurement period of an SSB of the first cell;
- k is determined according to a layer 3 measurement period of a channel state information-reference signal CSI-RS of the first cell.
- the layer 3 measurement period of the SSB of the first cell may be a period configured in the cell configuration before the first cell enters the first cell, or a period configured by the second cell for the first cell.
- the layer 3 measurement period of the CSI-RS may be a period configured in the cell configuration before the first cell enters the first cell, or a period configured by the second cell for the first cell.
- Aperiodic reference signals may include, but are not limited to, dynamically configured (or scheduled) reference signals.
- the third signal may include, but is not limited to, various non-periodic signals.
- the third signal may be a signal of a designated function.
- the third signal may include but is not limited to TRS.
- the non-periodic reference signal includes at least one of the following:
- Aperiodic tracking reference signal TRS is aperiodic tracking reference signal
- the aperiodic CSI-RS may include but is not limited to a dynamically configured (or scheduled) CSI-RS.
- the non-periodic TRS may include but is not limited to a dynamically configured (or scheduled) TRS.
- the non-periodic reference signal may also include but is not limited to a non-periodic demodulation reference signal (DMRS).
- DMRS non-periodic demodulation reference signal
- the configuration of the fourth signal includes at least one of the following:
- different configurations of the fourth signal may have the same or different K.
- the fourth signal may include but is not limited to CSI-RS, SSB and/or DMRS.
- determining k based on the received power of the UE includes:
- determining k based on the received power of the UE may further include at least one of the following:
- k is determined according to the receiving power level supported by the UE.
- the frequency range may include FR1 and/or FR2.
- FR2 may further include FR2-1.
- the UE when the UE carriers are aggregated or dual-connected, the UE may have multiple secondary cells and the first cell is the secondary cell of the UE.
- k can be determined based on whether the UE has other secondary cells that belong to the same frequency range as the first cell. Exemplarily, if the UE has other secondary cells (i.e., the third cell) in the same frequency range as the first cell, k can be appropriately reduced. Another exemplary embodiment is that if the UE does not have other secondary cells (i.e., the third cell) in the same frequency range as the first cell, k can be appropriately increased.
- the UE's serving cell also has a cell that uses FR1 or FR2 together with the first cell, it means that the UE's serving cell also has a third cell that uses the same frequency range as the first cell.
- the third cell can be the UE's primary cell and/or secondary cell.
- the first frequency range may include, but is not limited to, FR2 or FR1.
- whether the UE has an activated serving cell in the first frequency range may include whether the UE has an activated secondary cell in FR2.
- whether the service cell activated by the UE in the first frequency range may include the primary cell and/or secondary cell activated by the UE in the first frequency range, that is, of course the frequency range of the primary cell of the UE is the first frequency range, and it can also be considered that the UE has an activated service cell in the first frequency range.
- the number of serving cells activated by the UE in the first frequency range may be a natural number or a positive integer. If the number of serving cells activated by the UE in the first frequency range is different, then k may be different.
- the method further comprises: determining k according to a transmit power supported by the UE.
- k is determined according to a maximum transmit power or a transmit power level supported by the UE.
- the structure of the SSB includes a first structure and/or a second structure; the first structure and the second structure are different in at least one of the signal type and/or transmission parameters.
- Exemplary SSBs of different structures correspond to the same or different k.
- the first structure of the SSB includes a primary synchronization signal PSS and a secondary synchronization signal SSS
- the second structure of the SSB includes the PSS, SSS, and a physical broadcast channel PBCH. That is, the second structure of the SSB is a simplified SSB.
- the SSB of the second structure may also include only the PSS.
- the second structured SSB includes fewer signal types than the first structured SSB.
- the first structured SSB may include both the PSS and the SSS, while the second structured SSB may include only the PSS.
- the first structured SSB may include both the PSS and the PBCH, while the second structured SSB may include only the PSS.
- the time domain intervals of SSB burst sets (brust) of SSBs with different structures are different.
- the transmission pattern used by SSB may include a frequency domain pattern used by SSB and/or a time domain pattern used by SSB.
- the transmission pattern used by SSB includes a first pattern and/or a second pattern; the first pattern and the second pattern differ in at least one of the number of beams involved and the transmission period.
- the second beam is any beam other than the first beam in the first cell
- the sending period involved in the first pattern is within the first value range and the sending period involved in the second pattern is within the second value range; the second value range is at least partially different from the first value range.
- the sending period involved in the first pattern is within the first value range and the sending period involved in the second pattern is within the second value range; the second value range is at least partially different from the first value range.
- the first requirement includes at least one of the following:
- AGC automatic gain control
- the first requirement may further include whether the UE has a synchronization requirement.
- the first requirement may include whether the UE has a synchronization requirement.
- the cell needs to establish downlink synchronization.
- the first requirement may also include whether the UE has a requirement to obtain the downlink timing of the UE.
- the method further comprises at least one of the following:
- the layer 3 result period of the first cell determines whether the UE has AGC and/or time-frequency tracking requirements
- an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is executed by a communication system.
- the information processing method may include:
- the network device sends a first signal to the UE.
- the first network device or the second network device broadcasts, multicasts, or unicasts the first signal to the UE.
- the first signal sent by the first network device or the second network device to the UE includes but is not limited to a first indication and/or a second indication.
- the first indication is used to indicate whether the first cell is turned on or off; if the first cell is turned off, the first cell is in a first state; if the first cell is turned on, the first cell is in a second state.
- the second indication is used to indicate activation or deactivation of the first cell; when the first cell is deactivated, the first cell is in the first state; when the first cell is deactivated, the first cell is in the second state.
- S2302 The UE sends a second signal to the first network device or the second network device.
- the UE receives the first signal and sends a second signal to the first network device.
- the second signal may be a feedback signal of the first signal.
- the description of the second signal may refer to the description of the corresponding embodiment of FIG2A , FIG2B or FIG2C .
- S2303 The UE and/or the first network device determines a time period during which the first cell performs the first transmission.
- an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is executed by a first network device and includes:
- S3101 Receive a first signal.
- the first network device receives a first signal sent by a second network device in the second cell.
- the first network device receives the first indication and/or the second indication sent by the second network device.
- the first network device receives a first signal sent by the UE.
- the first network device receives a WUS sent by the UE.
- the first signal is used for state switching of the first cell between a first state and a second state.
- the first cell stops the first transmission in the first state.
- the first cell performs the first transmission in the second state.
- S3102 Send a second signal.
- the second signal is a feedback signal of the first signal.
- the second signal is a confirmation signal of the first signal.
- the first signal comes from the second network device, and the second signal is sent to the second network device.
- the first signal comes from a UE, and the second signal is sent to the UE.
- S3102 is an optional step.
- the first network device performs switching between the first state and the second state by default, and there is no need to send the second signal.
- S3103 Determine a time period during which the first cell performs the first transmission.
- the optional implementation of S3103 can refer to any optional implementation of the corresponding embodiments of Figures 2A to 2D.
- an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is executed by a first network device and includes:
- S3201 Send a first signal.
- the first network device sends a first signal to a second network device in the second cell.
- the first network device sends the first indication and/or the second indication to the second network device of the second cell.
- the first network device sends a first signal to the UE.
- the first network device sends the first indication and/or the second indication to the UE.
- the first signal is used for state switching of the first cell between a first state and a second state.
- the first cell stops the first transmission in the first state.
- the first cell performs the first transmission in the second state.
- S3202 Receive a second signal.
- the second signal is a feedback signal of the first signal.
- the second signal is a confirmation signal of the first signal.
- the first signal is sent to the second network device, and the second signal is received from the second network device.
- the first signal is sent to a UE, and the second signal is received from the UE.
- S3202 is an optional step.
- the first network device performs switching between the first state and the second state by default, and there is no need to receive the second signal.
- S3203 Determine a time period during which the first cell performs the first transmission.
- the optional implementation of S3103 can refer to any optional implementation of the corresponding embodiments of Figures 2A to 2D.
- an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is executed by a UE and includes:
- S4101 UE sends a first signal.
- the UE sends a first signal to the first network device or the second network device.
- the first network device is an access network device of the first cell.
- the second network device is a network device of the second cell.
- the first cell is a secondary cell and the second cell is a primary cell.
- the UE sends a WUS to the first network device or the second network device.
- the first signal is used for state switching of the first cell between a first state and a second state.
- the first cell stops the first transmission in the first state.
- the first cell performs the first transmission in the second state.
- S4102 The UE receives a second signal.
- the second signal is a feedback signal of the first signal.
- the second signal is a confirmation signal of the first signal.
- the first signal is sent to the second network device, and the second signal sent by the second network device is received.
- a first signal is sent to a first network device, and a second signal sent by the first network device is received.
- S4102 is an optional step.
- the first network device performs switching between the first state and the second state by default, and there is no need to send the second signal.
- S4103 The UE determines a time period in which the first cell performs the first transmission.
- the optional implementation of S4103 can refer to any optional implementation of the corresponding embodiments of Figures 2A to 2D.
- an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is executed by a UE and includes:
- S4201 UE receives a first signal.
- the UE receives a first signal sent by the first network device or the second network device.
- the first network device is an access network device of the first cell.
- the second network device is a network device of the second cell.
- the first cell is a secondary cell and the second cell is a primary cell.
- the UE receives the first indication and/or the second indication sent by the first network device or the second network device.
- the first signal is used for state switching of the first cell between a first state and a second state.
- the first cell stops the first transmission in the first state.
- the first cell performs the first transmission in the second state.
- S4202 Send a second signal.
- the second signal is a feedback signal of the first signal.
- the second signal is a confirmation signal of the first signal.
- the first signal comes from the second network device, and the second signal is sent to the second network device.
- the first signal comes from a first network device, and the second signal is sent to the first network device.
- S4202 is an optional step.
- the first network device performs switching between the first state and the second state by default, and there is no need to send the second signal.
- S4203 Determine a time period during which the first cell performs the first transmission.
- the optional implementation of S4203 can refer to any optional implementation of the corresponding embodiments of Figures 2A to 2D.
- an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is executed by a second network device and includes:
- S5101 Receive a first signal.
- a first signal sent by a UE is received.
- the second network device receives the WUS sent by the UE.
- S5101 is an optional step, and the second network device may not receive the first signal sent by the UE.
- S5102 Send a first signal.
- the second network device sends a first signal to the first network device.
- a first signal sent by a UE is received, and a first signal is sent to a first network device.
- a WUS sent by a UE is received, and a first indication, a second indication is sent to the first network device, or a WUS provided by the UE is forwarded.
- the second network device autonomously sends the first signal to the first network device, that is, the second network device also sends the first signal to the first network device without receiving the WUS sent by the UE.
- the first network device is an access network device of a first cell.
- the second network device is a network device of a second cell.
- the first cell is a secondary cell and the second cell is a primary cell.
- the first signal is used for state switching of the first cell between a first state and a second state.
- the first cell stops the first transmission in the first state.
- the first cell performs the first transmission in the second state.
- S5103 Receive a second signal.
- the second network device receives the second signal sent by the first network device.
- the second signal is a feedback signal of the first signal.
- the second signal is a confirmation signal of the first signal.
- the first signal is sent to the second network device, and the second signal sent by the second network device is received.
- a first signal is sent to a first network device, and a second signal sent by the first network device is received.
- S4102 is an optional step.
- the first network device performs switching between the first state and the second state by default, and there is no need to send the second signal.
- S5104 Send a second signal.
- the second network device After receiving the second signal, the second network device sends a second signal to the first network device based on the first signal sent by the UE.
- the second network device if the second network device does not receive the first signal sent by the UE, it does not need to send the second signal.
- the UE assumes that the base station periodically transmits SSBs and/or SIB1s.
- the UE receives SSBs and/or SIB1s at the configured time-frequency locations.
- the base station uses on-demand SSBs and/or SIB1s, and an on-demand SSB is triggered on the secondary cell (SCell)
- SCell secondary cell
- the UE expects to receive downlink signals or transmit uplink signals on the SCell no later than timeslot n+K.
- This solution will be used by the base station to specify the values of n and K, enabling the terminal to receive downlink signals or send uplink signals on the Scell within an appropriate time.
- Terminal side After the on-demand SSB is triggered on the SCell, the terminal receives downlink signals or sends uplink signals on the SCell no later than time slot n+K.
- Time n and K can be determined according to the following method:
- the time slot n is the time slot where the first signal is located, or the time slot where the confirmation signal of the first signal is located.
- the first signal includes one or more of the following signals: a WUS signal sent by the UE, a cell on/off indication sent by the base station, or a cell on/off indication sent by other base stations, or an Scell activation/deactivation signaling sent by the base station or other base stations.
- the confirmation signal of the first signal is a confirmation signal sent by the base station to the UE after receiving the first signal, or the confirmation signal of the first signal is a confirmation signal sent by the UE to the base station or other base stations after receiving the first signal.
- the value of K is related to the first condition and/or the second condition.
- the first condition includes at least one of the following:
- Category of the first signal where the category of the first signal includes a WUS signal sent by the UE, a cell on/off indication sent by the base station, a cell on/off indication via backhaul sent by another base station, an Scell activation/deactivation signaling sent by the base station, or an Scell activation/deactivation signaling sent by another base station;
- the frequency band where the Scell is located is FR1 or FR2;
- Scell is a known cell or an unknown cell
- the L3 measurement period value of the Scell such as the L3 measurement period value of the SSB or CSI-RS;
- the UE uses semi-persistent CSI-RS or periodic CSI-RS for CSI reporting in this Scell;
- the second condition includes at least one of the following:
- the new SSB structure is a simplified SSB: it only includes PSS and SSS, but not PBCH;
- the new SSB structure is compact SSB: within an SSB burst, there is no symbol interval or the symbol interval is reduced between SSB beams in the time domain.
- the new SSB structure is compact SSB: within and/or between SSB bursts, there is no symbol gap or reduced symbol gap in the time domain between SSB beams;
- the SSB burst set only includes the beam specified by the first signal/the beam corresponding to the first signal/the beam corresponding to the first signal and the valid beams among the preceding and following n1 beams;
- the SSB burst set only includes the beam specified by the second signal/the beam corresponding to the second signal/the beam corresponding to the second signal and the valid beams among the n1 beams before and after; n1 is an integer greater than or equal to 0.
- the SSB burst set is a new SSB structure or an existing SSB structure
- SSB burst sets support new cycle lengths, such as cycles less than 5ms;
- the SSB structure is a new SSB structure or an existing SSB structure in the protocol
- the first requirement includes one or more requirements such as the UE requiring AGC, cell detection, time-frequency tracking and/or L1 measurement and reporting, and the first requirement can be determined based on the first condition.
- the SCell is a known cell if the following conditions are met:
- the UE Within max(5*measCycleSCell,5*DRX cycles) time before the first signal and/or the confirmation signal of the first signal, the UE has sent a valid measurement report on the Scell that triggers the on-demand SSB; according to the cell identification criteria, the measured SSB is still detectable if the SSB measured within max(5*measCycleSCell,5*DRX cycles) time before the first signal and/or the confirmation signal of the first signal is within n+K, and the measured SSB is still detectable according to the cell identification criteria; otherwise, the SCell is an unknown cell.
- measCycleSCell is the measurement cycle of SCell.
- DRX cycles stands for Discontinuous Reception (DRX) cycles, which can be configured by network devices through high-level signaling.
- the SCell When the frequency band used by an SCell belongs to FR2, the SCell is considered a known cell if the following conditions are met:
- the UE has sent a valid L3-RSRP measurement report with an SSB index on the Scell that triggers the on-demand SSB; the first signal and/or the confirmation signal of the first signal precedes the L3-RSRP measurement report but no later than the activation signaling for PDCCH TCI, PDSCH TCI and semi-persistent CSI-RS for CQI reporting; according to the cell identification criteria, during the period between the L3-RSRP measurement report reporting and the valid CQI reporting, the L3-RSRP measurement report including the SSB index is still detectable, and the TCI status is determined based on one of the most recently reported SSB indices, otherwise the SCell is an unknown cell
- the base station After the on-demand SSB is triggered on the SCell, the base station receives uplink signals or sends downlink signals on the Scell no later than time slot n+k.
- Time n and k can be determined according to the following method. The specific method is the same as terminal side method 1 and will not be repeated here.
- the terminal After the on-demand SSB is triggered on the SCell, the terminal expects to receive downlink signals or send uplink signals on the SCell no later than time slot n+k, where n and k are determined as follows.
- the time slot n is the time slot where the first signal is located, or the time slot where the confirmation signal of the first signal is located.
- the first signal packet includes one or more of the WUS signal sent by the UE, the cell on/off indication sent by this base station, the cell on/off indication sent by other base stations, the Scell activation/deactivation signaling sent by this base station, or the Scell activation/deactivation signaling sent by other base stations.
- the confirmation signal of the first signal is a confirmation signal sent by the base station to the UE after receiving the first signal, or the confirmation signal of the first signal is a confirmation signal sent by the UE to the base station or other base stations after receiving the first signal.
- the value of k is related to the first condition and/or the second condition.
- the first condition includes at least one of the following:
- Category of the first signal includes WUS signal sent by UE/cell on/off indication sent by this base station or cell on/off indication via backhaul sent by other base stations, Scell activation/deactivation signaling sent by this base station or Scell activation/deactivation signaling sent by other base stations, etc.
- the frequency band where the Scell is located is FR1 or FR2.
- the Scell is a known cell or an unknown cell.
- the value of the layer 3 measurement period (L3measurement period) of the Scell such as the value of the layer 3 measurement period (L3measurement period) of the SSB or CSI-RS.
- the UE is configured with other reference signals on the Scell to reduce the value of K, such as aperiodic TRS and/or CSI-RS.
- the UE uses semi-persistent CSI-RS or periodic CSI-RS for CSI reporting in the Scell.
- the UE determines whether it has at least one activated serving cell adjacent to the Scell in the frequency domain.
- the UE determines whether it has at least one activated serving cell adjacent to the Scell in the frequency domain.
- the second condition includes at least one of the following:
- the new SSB structure is simplified SSB: it only contains PSS and SSS, but not PBCH.
- the new SSB structure is compact SSB: within an SSB burst, there is no symbol spacing between SSB beams or the symbol spacing is reduced.
- the new SSB structure is compact SSB: there is no symbol spacing or reduced symbol spacing between SSB beams within and/or between SSB bursts.
- the SSB burst set only includes the beam specified by the first signal/the beam corresponding to the first signal/the beam corresponding to the first signal and the valid beams among the preceding and following n1 beams.
- the SSB burst includes only the beam specified by the second signal, the beam corresponding to the second signal, the beam corresponding to the second signal, and valid beams from the preceding and following n1 beams.
- n1 is an integer greater than or equal to 0.
- the SSB burst is a new SSB structure or an existing SSB structure.
- the SSB burst supports new cycle lengths, such as cycles less than 5ms.
- the SSB structure is a new SSB structure or an existing SSB structure in the protocol.
- SSB uses the new power control parameter (ss-PBCH-BlockPower).
- the first requirement includes one or more requirements such as the UE requiring AGC, cell detection, time-frequency tracking, and/or L1 measurement and reporting.
- the first requirement may be determined based on the first condition and/or the second condition.
- the value of k is When the UE has only one SCell, the value of k is:
- T HARQ is the interval between DL signal transmission and acknowledgment signal, usually in milliseconds.
- T CSI_Reporting is the CSI reporting delay in milliseconds.
- T CSI_Reporting includes the time required to obtain the uncertainty of the first available CSI reference resource, the time required for the UE to process the CSI report, and/or the time required to obtain the uncertainty of the first available CSI reporting resource.
- T activation_time is the activation time when the UE has one SCell, in milliseconds.
- T activation_time_multiple_scells is the activation time when the UE has more than one SCell, in ms.
- NR slot length is the length of the NR slot, but it can be ms.
- the value of k is When the UE has more than one SCell, the value of k is
- the frequency band where the SCell is located is FR1
- the SCell is a known cell
- the Layer 3 measurement period (L3 measurement period) of the SCell does not exceed T1
- the first requirement includes that the UE needs time-frequency tracking (time-frequency tracking), and the value of k is the first value.
- T activation_time is T firstSSB +5ms.
- the first requirement includes that the UE needs AGC and fine time-frequency tracking, and the value of k is the second value.
- T activation_time is T firstSSB-max +T rs +5ms.
- the value of T1 is 2400ms.
- the first requirement includes that the UE needs AGC and time-frequency tracking, and the value of k is the third value.
- T activation_time is T FirstSSB_MAX + T SMTC_MAX + T rs + 5ms
- the first requirement includes that the UE needs AGC, cell detection and time-frequency tracking, and the value of k is the fourth value.
- T activation_time is T FirstSSB_MAX + T SMTC_MAX + 2*T rs + 5 ms.
- the first requirement includes that the UE needs AGC, cell detection and/or time-frequency tracking, L1 measurement and reporting, and when semi-persistent CSI-RS is used for CSI reporting, k takes the fifth value.
- the fifth value T activation_time is: 6ms+T FirstSSB_MAX +T SMTC_MAX +T rs +T L1-RSRP,measure +T L1-RSRP,report +T HARQ +max(T uncertainty_MAC + T FineTiming +2ms, T uncertainty_SP ).
- k takes the sixth value.
- T activation_time is: 3ms+T FirstSSB_MAX +T SMTC_MAX +T rs +T L1-RSRP,measure +T L1-RSRP,report +max(T HARQ +T uncertainty_MAC + 5ms+T FineTiming ,T uncertainty_RRC +T RRC_delay ).
- Second condition There is only one beam in SSB that needs to be measured.
- the SSB position burst set may also be referred to as an SSB burst set, which refers to a set consisting of all SSB beam directions.
- the third condition includes at least one of the following:
- the SCell is frequency-domain adjacent to an activated serving cell (Cell#m) on the same frequency band.
- the ssb-PositionInBurst of SCell is the same as that of Cell#m.
- the offset configured in the SMTC of SCell is the same as that of Cell#m.
- the RTD between SCell and Cell#m does not exceed T2, and the difference in received power between SCell and Cell#m does not exceed P1.
- T2 is set to 260 ns and P1 is set to 6 dB.
- the UE In the FR1 frequency band, the UE has at least one activated serving cell Cell#n adjacent to the Scell in the frequency domain, and Cell#n meets the fourth condition, and k takes the seventh value.
- the fourth condition is that Cell#n is an SSB-less cell.
- T activation_time is 3 ms.
- the UE When the UE has only one SCell and the frequency band where the SCell is located is FR2, there must be at least one activated serving cell Cell#p in the same frequency band as the SCell.
- the first requirement includes that the UE needs time-frequency tracking, and the value of k is the eighth value.
- T activation_time is T firstSSB +5ms.
- the value of K is a ninth value.
- T activation_time is 3 ms.
- the fifth condition includes at least one of the following:
- SCell is configured with SMTC
- the downlink spatial transmission filters of Scell and Cell#p in one OFDM symbol are the same;
- the ssb-PositionInBurst of SCell and Cell#p are the same;
- the SSBs of the SCell and the frequency-adjacent Cell#p2 on the same frequency band are in the same half-frame.
- the sixth condition includes at least one of the following:
- SMTC is not configured for the SCell.
- the first requirement includes that the UE needs L1 measurement and reporting.
- k takes the tenth value.
- T activation_time is: 3ms+max(T uncertainty_MAC +T FineTiming +2ms,T uncertainty_SP ).
- k takes the eleventh value.
- T activation_time max(T uncertainty_MAC +5ms+T FineTiming ,T uncertainty_RRC +T RRC_delay -T HARQ ).
- the first requirement includes that the UE needs AGC, cell detection, time-frequency tracking, and L1 measurement and reporting.
- the twelfth value T activation_time is: 6ms+T FirstSSB_MAX +15*T SMTC_MAX +8*T rs +T L1-RSRP,measure +T L1-RSRP,report +T HARQ + max(T uncertainty_MAC +T FineTiming +2ms,T uncertainty_SP ).
- k takes the thirteenth value.
- the thirteenth value T activation_time is: 3ms+T FirstSSB_MAX +15*T SMTC_MAX +8*T rs +T L1-RSRP,measure +T L1-RSRP,report +max ⁇ (T HARQ + T uncertainty_MAC +5ms+T FineTiming ),(T uncertainty_RRC +T RRC_delay ) ⁇ .
- the UE In the FR2 frequency band, the UE has at least one activated serving cell Cell#q adjacent to the Scell in the frequency domain, and Cell#q meets the seventh condition, and k takes the fourteenth value.
- the seventh condition is that Cell#n is an SSB-less cell.
- T activation_time is 3 ms.
- T SMTC_MAX For a UE with only one SCell, the variables involved in the value of T activation_time are defined as follows: T SMTC_MAX :
- the SCell and the activated serving cell are in the same frequency band (Intra-band).
- T SMTC_MAX is the larger SMTC period between the SCell and the activated serving cell.
- the SCell and the activated serving cell are in different frequency bands (Inter-band), and T SMTC_MAX is the SMTC period of the SCell.
- T SMTC_MAX The minimum value of T SMTC_MAX is 10ms.
- T rs is the SMTC period of the SCell.
- the measurement target (measObjectNR#1) with the same frequency and subcarrier spacing (SCS) as the SCell: the SMTC period configured by measObjectNR#1.
- the SCell has no SMTC configuration and no measObjectNR#1 with the same frequency and SCS as the SCell:
- the SSB transmission period is not 5ms and T rs is undefined.
- T firstSSB refers to the time slot Afterwards, the interval between the first time and the second time:
- the first time is: the time slot where the first signal or the confirmation signal of the first signal is located.
- the second time is: the end time of the first complete SSB burst set (burst) indicated by SMTC (SMTC is configured) or the end time of the first complete SSB burst set (burst) within 5ms (SMTC is not configured).
- T firstSSB-max refers to the time slot Afterwards, the interval between the first time and the second time:
- the first time is: the time slot where the first signal or the confirmation signal of the first signal is located.
- the second time is: the end time of the first complete SSB burst set (burst) indicated by the SMTC (SMTC is configured) or the end time of the first complete SSB burst set (burst) within 5ms (SMTC is not configured), and the complete SSB burst set (burst) meets the following conditions:
- the SCell and the activated serving cell are intra-band cells.
- the SCell and the activated serving cell send the SSB burst in the same time slot.
- the SCell and the activated serving cell are inter-band cells, and the SCell is sending an SSB burst at the time of the SSB burst.
- the SCell and the activated serving cell send the SSB burst in the same time slot.
- T FineTiming The interval between the third time and the fourth time:
- Third time The time when the UE completes processing the most recent signaling for PDCCH TCI state and/or PDSCH TCI state activation.
- T L1-RSRP measure : L1 measurement delay
- T L1-RSRP,report Delay in obtaining CSI reporting resources.
- T uncertainty_MAC the interval between the fifth and sixth time points
- Fifth time the time when the UE receives the PDCCH TCI status and/or PDSCH TCI status signaling for activation.
- the sixth time is the time when the first signal or the confirmation signal of the first signal is received.
- the sixth time is the time of the first valid L1-RSRP report.
- T uncertainty_RRC The interval between the seventh time and the eighth time.
- Seventh time the time when the RRC message of the TCI configuration of the periodic CSI-RS used for CQI reporting is sent.
- the eighth time is the time when the first signal or the confirmation signal of the first signal is sent.
- T uncertainty_SP The interval between the ninth and tenth time.
- Ninth time the time at which activation signaling for activating the semi-static CSI-RS resource set for CQI reporting is received.
- the tenth time is the time when the first signal or the confirmation signal of the first signal is received.
- the tenth time is the time of the first valid L1-RSRP report.
- T HARQ is the interval between DL signal transmission and acknowledgment signal.
- T CSI-Reporting is the CSI reporting delay.
- the CSI reporting latency includes the time required to obtain the uncertainty of the first available CSI reference resource, the time required for the UE to process the CSI report, and/or the time required to obtain the uncertainty of the first available CSI reporting resource.
- the first requirement includes that the UE needs time-frequency tracking.
- T activation_time_multiple_scells is: T FirstSSB_MAX_multiple_scells + T rs + 5 ms.
- k takes the sixteenth value.
- T activation_time_multiple_scells is: T FirstSSB_MAX_multiple_scells +T SMTC_MAX_multiple_scells +T rs +5ms.
- k takes the seventeenth value.
- T activation_time_multiple_scells is T FirstSSB_MAX_multiple_scells + 5 ms.
- At least one other SCell#i triggers on-demand SSB, and the layer 3 measurement period (L3measurement period) of SCell#i exceeds T1, and all other SCell#j trigger on-demand SSB and are known cells.
- At least one other SCell#i triggers the on-demand SSB, and SCell#i is not an unknown cell.
- the first requirement includes that the UE needs AGC and time-frequency tracking.
- the value of k is the eighteenth value.
- T activation_time_multiple_scells is: T FirstSSB_MAX_multiple_scells +T SMTC_MAX_multiple_scells +T rs +5ms.
- the value of K is the nineteenth value.
- T activation_time_multiple_scells is T FirstSSB_MAX_multiple_scells + T rs + 5 ms.
- the tenth condition at least one other SCell#i triggers the on-demand SSB, and SCell#i is not an unknown cell.
- the value of T1 is 2400ms.
- the eleventh condition is met.
- the first requirement includes that the UE needs AGC and time-frequency tracking, and the value of K is the twentieth value.
- T activation_time_multiple_scells is: T FirstSSB_MAX_multiple_scells + T SMTC_MAX_multiple_scells + T rs + 5 ms.
- the first requirement includes that the UE needs AGC, cell detection, time-frequency tracking, L1 measurement and reporting, and when using semi-persistent CSI-RS for CSI reporting, k takes the twenty-first value.
- T activation_time_multiple_scells is: 6ms+T FirstSSB_MAX_multiple_scells +T SMTC_MAX_multiple_scells + T rs *N 1 +T L1-RSRP,measure +T L1-RSRP,report +T HARQ + max(T uncertainty_MAC_multiple_scells +T FineTiming +2ms,T uncertainty_SP_multiple_scells )
- k When using periodic CSI-RS for CSI reporting, k takes the 22nd value.
- T activation_time_multiple_scells is: 3ms+T FirstSSB_MAX_multiple_scells +T SMTC_MAX_multiple_scells +T rs *N 1 +T L1-RSRP, measure +T L1-RSRP,report +max(T HARQ +T uncertainty_MAC_multiple_scells +5ms+ T FineTiming ,T uncertainty_RRC_multiple_scells +T RRC_delay )
- the UE In the FR1 frequency band, the UE has at least one activated serving cell Cell#n adjacent to the Scell in the frequency domain, and Cell#n meets the twelfth condition, and k takes the twenty-third value.
- the twelfth condition is that Cell#n is an SSB-less cell.
- the twenty-third value T activation_time_multiple_scells is 3 ms.
- At least one activated serving cell Cell#p is in the same frequency band as the SCell.
- the first requirement includes that the UE needs time-frequency tracking, and the value of K is the twenty-fourth value.
- T activation_time_multiple_scells is T firstSSB +5ms.
- the value of k is the twenty-fifth value, and optionally, in the twenty-fifth value, T activation_time is 3 ms.
- the thirteenth condition includes at least one of the following:
- SCell is configured with SMTC
- the downlink spatial transmission filters of Scell and Cell#p in one OFDM symbol are the same;
- the ssb-PositionInBurst of SCell and Cell#p are the same;
- the SSBs of the SCell and the frequency-adjacent Cell#p2 on the same frequency band are in the same half-frame.
- the fourteenth condition at least includes: the SCell is not configured with SMTC.
- the first requirement includes that the UE needs L1 measurement and reporting.
- k takes the 26th value.
- T activation_time_multiple_scells is: 3ms+max(T uncertainty_MAC +T FineTiming +2ms,T uncertainty_SP ).
- k takes the 27th value.
- T activation_time_multiple_scells is: max(T uncertainty_MAC +5ms+T FineTiming ,T uncertainty_RRC +T RRC_delay -T HARQ )
- the first requirement includes that the UE needs AGC, cell detection, time-frequency tracking, and L1 measurement and reporting.
- k takes the 28th value.
- T activation_time_multiple_scells is: 3ms+max(T uncertainty_MAC_multiple_scells +T FineTiming +2ms,T uncertainty_SP_multiple_scells ).
- k When using periodic CSI-RS for CSI reporting, k takes the 29th value.
- T activation_time_multiple_scells is: max(T uncertainty_MAC_multiple_scells +5ms+T FineTiming ,T uncertainty_RRC_multiple_scells +T RRC_delay -T HARQ ).
- the UE In the FR2 frequency band, the UE has at least one activated serving cell Cell#q adjacent to the Scell in the frequency domain, and Cell#q meets the fifteenth condition, and k takes the thirtieth value.
- the fifteenth condition is that Cell#n is an SSB-less cell.
- T activation_time_multiple_scells is 3 ms.
- T activation_time_multiple_scells For a UE with more than one SCell, the variables involved in the value of T activation_time_multiple_scells are defined as follows:
- T uncertainty_MAC_multiple_scells SCell is in FR1, the SCell and the activated serving cell are co-frequency cells, T SMTC_MAX is the maximum SMTC period of the SCell and the activated serving cell.
- T uncertainty_MAC_multiple_scells The SCell and the activated serving cell are inter-frequency cells, and T SMTC_MAX is the SMTC period of the SCell.
- T uncertainty_MAC_multiple_scells SCell is in FR2.
- the SCell and the activated serving cell are intra-band.
- T SMTC_MAX is the maximum SMTC period of the SCell and the activated serving cell.
- T uncertainty_MAC_multiple_scells Minimum value is 10ms.
- T FirstSSB_MAX_multiple_scells refers to the time slot Afterwards, the interval between the eleventh and twelfth times.
- the eleventh time is: the time slot where the first signal or the confirmation signal of the first signal is located.
- the twelfth time is the end time of the first complete SSB burst set (burst) indicated by SMTC (SMTC is configured).
- the SCell and the activated serving cell are co-frequency cells. At the time of the SSB burst, the SCell and the activated serving cell send the SSB burst in the same time slot. The SCell and the activated serving cell are inter-band. At the time of the SSB burst, the SCell sends the SSB burst.
- the SCell and the activated serving cell send the SSB burst in the same time slot.
- T uncertainty_MAC_multiple_scells The interval between the thirteenth time and the fourteenth time.
- T uncertainty_RRC_multiple_scells The interval between the fifteenth time and the sixteenth time.
- Fifteenth time the time when the RRC message of the TCI configuration of the periodic CSI-RS used for CQI reporting is sent.
- T uncertainty_SP is the interval between the seventeenth time and the eighteenth time.
- Seventeenth time the time at which activation signaling for activating the semi-static CSI-RS resource set for CQI reporting is received.
- the eighteenth time For an unknown cell (unknown SCell), it is the time when the first signal or the confirmation signal of the first signal is received.
- T rs , T FineTiming , and T RRC_delay have the same definitions as those of variables in a UE with only one SCell.
- the first requirement includes that the UE needs time-frequency tracking (time-frequency tracking), and the value of k is the 31st value.
- T activation_time is T FirstATRS +5ms.
- the first requirement includes that the UE needs AGC and time-frequency tracking, and the value of K is the 32nd value.
- T activation_time is T First ATRS + T gap + T ATRS + 5 ms.
- the value of T1 is 2400ms.
- the first requirement includes that the UE needs AGC and time-frequency tracking, and the value of k is the thirty-third value.
- T activation_time is T First ATRS + T gap + T ATRS + 5 ms.
- the sixteenth condition includes at least one of the following:
- the SCell is frequency-domain adjacent to an activated serving cell Cell#m on the same frequency band;
- the ssb-PositionInBurst of SCell and Cell#m are the same;
- the offset configured in the SMTC of SCell and Cell#m is the same;
- the RTD between SCell and Cell#m does not exceed T2, and the difference in received power between SCell and Cell#m does not exceed P1.
- T2 is set to 260 ns and P1 is set to 6 dB.
- the UE is configured with other reference signals on the Scell to reduce the value of k, such as aperiodic TRS and CSI-RS.
- the UE has only one SCell.
- the frequency band of the SCell is FR2
- the first requirement includes that the UE needs time-frequency tracking, and the value of k is the thirty-fourth value.
- T activation_time is T FirstATRS +5ms.
- the seventeenth condition includes at least one of the following:
- Other reference signals are configured to reduce the value of k, such as aperiodic TRS and CSI-RS;
- the downlink spatial transmission filters of Scell and Cell#p in one OFDM symbol are the same;
- the ssb-PositionInBurst of SCell and Cell#p are the same;
- the SSBs of the SCell and the adjacent Cell#p2 in the same frequency band are in the same half-frame.
- the first requirement includes that the UE needs L1 measurement and reporting.
- k takes the 35th value.
- T activation_time is 3 ms+max(T FirstATRS +2 ms, T uncertainty_SP ).
- k When using periodic CSI-RS for CSI reporting, k takes the 136th value.
- the thirty-sixth value T activation_time is: max(T FirstATRS +5ms,T uncertainty_RRC +T RRC_delay -T HARQ ).
- the first requirement includes that the UE needs AGC, cell detection, time-frequency tracking, and L1 measurement and reporting.
- k takes the thirty-seventh value.
- the thirty-seventh value T activation_time is: 6ms+T FirstSSB_MAX +15*T SMTC_MAX +8*T rs +T L1-RSRP,measure +T L1-RSRP,report +T HARQ + max(T uncertainty_MAC +T FineTiming +2ms,T uncertainty_SP ).
- k takes the 38th value.
- the thirty-eighth value T activation_time is: 3ms+T FirstSSB_MAX +15*T SMTC_MAX +8*T rs +T L1-RSRP,measure +T L1-RSRP,report +max ⁇ (T HARQ + T uncertainty_MAC +5ms+T FineTiming ),(T uncertainty_RRC +T RRC_delay ) ⁇ .
- the UE In the FR2 frequency band, the UE has at least one activated serving cell Cell#n adjacent to the Scell in the frequency domain, and Cell#n meets the eighteenth condition, and k takes the thirty-ninth value.
- the eighteenth condition is that Cell#n is an SSB-less cell.
- the thirty-ninth value is T activation_time is 3 ms.
- the UE is configured with other reference signals on the Scell to reduce the value of k, such as aperiodic TRS and CSI-RS.
- T activation_time the variables involved in T activation_time are defined as follows:
- T FirstATRS time slot After that, the interval between the nineteenth and twentieth times.
- the nineteenth time is: the time slot where the first signal or the confirmation signal of the first signal is located.
- the twentieth time is: the end time of the first complete CSI-RS burst.
- T ATRS is used to reduce the value of K and the duration of the CSI-RS burst.
- Tgap is the interval between aperiodic CSI-RS bursts.
- T uncertainty_RRC is the interval between the twenty-first time and the twenty-second time.
- the 21st time the time when the RRC message of the TCI configuration of the periodic CSI-RS used for CQI reporting is sent.
- the 22nd time is the time of the first signal or the confirmation signal of the first signal.
- T uncertainty_SP is the interval between the twenty-third time and the twenty-fourth time.
- Time 23 the time at which activation signaling for activating the semi-static CSI-RS resource set for CQI reporting is received.
- the 24th time is the time of the first signal or the confirmation signal of the first signal.
- T CSI-reporting CSI reporting latency, including the time required to obtain the uncertainty of the first available CSI reference resource, the time required for the UE to process the CSI report, and the time required to obtain the uncertainty of the first available CSI reporting resource.
- the activated serving cell has SSB transmission.
- the value of the layer 3 measurement period (L3 measurement period) of the Scell may be the value of the layer 3 measurement period (L3 measurement period) of the SSB or CSI-RS.
- the value of K may vary depending on the type of trigger signal for on-demand SSB.
- Trigger signals include UE sending a WUS signal/cell on/off indication via backhaul, Scell activation/deactivation signaling, etc., which are not limited in this solution.
- the second condition is different, and the value of K may be different.
- the second condition includes at least one of the following:
- the new SSB structure is simplified SSB: it only contains PSS and SSS, but not PBCH.
- the new SSB structure is compact SSB: within an SSB burst, there is no time domain interval between SSB beams or the time domain interval is reduced.
- the new SSB structure is compact SSB: there is no time domain interval or the time domain interval between SSB beams within and/or between SSB bursts.
- the SSB burst set only includes the beam specified by the first signal/the beam corresponding to the first signal/the beam corresponding to the first signal and the valid beams among the preceding and following n1 beams.
- the SSB burst includes only the beam specified by the second signal, the beam corresponding to the second signal, the beam corresponding to the second signal, and valid beams from the preceding and following n1 beams.
- n1 is an integer greater than or equal to 0.
- the SSB burst is a new SSB structure or an existing SSB structure.
- the SSB burst supports new cycle lengths, such as cycles less than 5ms.
- the SSB structure is a new SSB structure or an existing SSB structure in the protocol
- SSB uses the new power control parameter (ss-PBCH-BlockPower).
- SMTC (SSB measurement time configuration) refers to the time configuration of SSB measurement.
- an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which may include:
- Step 0 UE reports capabilities
- the base station combines the UE's reported capabilities and the protocol default information to determine the starting position of the switch from SSB off to SSB on, the SSB pattern and/or structure during SSB on, the number of SSB bursts, the duration of SSB transmission, whether to send other RS, etc.
- Step 1 The base station enters the NES state.
- NES base stations are divided into NES state and non-NES state, as follows:
- the NES status is: the SSB is not sent.
- Non-NES state the state of sending SSB.
- Step 2 The base station receives the first signal.
- the base station receives a first signal, which can be used to trigger the base station to transmit an SSB, switching from an SSB-off state to an SSB-on state.
- the first signal is one or more of a wake-up signal (WUS) sent by the UE or a cell on/off indication signal from another cell.
- WUS wake-up signal
- the specific form of the first signal is not limited in this solution.
- Step 3 The base station sends a downlink signal to the UE.
- the downlink signal can be any reference signal or a signal on any downlink channel.
- the base station performs a first transmission.
- the first transmission may include the base station sending a downlink signal and/or transmission of any downlink channel to the UE.
- the first transmission in this embodiment includes but is not limited to at least one of the following:
- Option 4 SSB and all system information (System Information, SI);
- SIBn (n is greater than 1);
- This solution is applicable to triggered transmission scenarios.
- Step 4 The UE receives the triggered first transmission within a certain time range.
- Step 5 The UE determines that the time for receiving the first transmission on the base station is no later than time slot n+K, thereby saving the UE unnecessary waiting and reducing the UE's power consumption.
- Time slots n and K can be determined according to the solution in embodiment 1.
- this public embodiment provides an information processing method, which may include:
- Step 0 UE reports its capabilities.
- the base station combines the UE's reported capabilities and the protocol default information to determine the starting position of the switch from SSB off to SSB on, the SSB pattern and/or structure during SSB on, the number of SSB bursts, the duration of SSB transmission, whether to send other RS, etc.
- Step 1 The base station enters the NES state.
- NES base stations are divided into NES state and non-NES state, as follows:
- the NES status is: the SSB is not sent.
- Non-NES state The state of sending SSB.
- Step 2 The base station sends a first signal.
- the base station transmits a first signal, which can be used to trigger the base station to transmit SSB, switching from the SSB off state to the SSB on state.
- the first signal is an Scell activation/deactivation signaling signal.
- the specific form of the first signal is not limited in this solution.
- Step 3 The base station sends a first transmission to the UE.
- the first transmission may include any downlink signal and/or any downlink channel.
- the first transmission may include at least SSB and/or SIB1.
- the specific signals included in the requested first downlink signal and/or channel are not limited in this solution.
- the first transmission may include but is not limited to at least one of the following:
- Option 4 SSB and all system information (System Information, SI);
- SIBn (n is greater than 1);
- This solution is applicable to the scenario where the triggered first downlink signal and/or channel includes SSB.
- Step 4 The UE receives a first transmission sent by the base station within a certain time range.
- Step 5 The UE determines that the time for performing the first transmission on the base station is no later than time slot n+K.
- the time slots n and K can be determined according to the solution in embodiment 1.
- an apparatus for implementing any of the above methods.
- an apparatus comprising units or modules for implementing each step performed by a terminal in any of the above methods.
- another apparatus comprising units or modules for implementing each step performed by a network device (e.g., an access network device or a core network device) in any of the above methods.
- a network device e.g., an access network device or a core network device
- the division of the various units or modules in the above devices is only a division of logical functions, and in actual implementation, they can be fully or partially integrated into one physical entity, or they can be physically separated.
- the units or modules in the device can be implemented in the form of a processor calling software: for example, the device includes a processor, the processor is connected to a memory, instructions are stored in the memory, and the processor calls the instructions stored in the memory to implement any of the above methods or to implement the functions of the various units or modules of the above devices, wherein the processor is, for example, a general-purpose processor, such as a central processing unit (CPU) or a microprocessor, and the memory is a memory inside the device or a memory outside the device.
- CPU central processing unit
- microprocessor a microprocessor
- the units or modules in the device can be implemented in the form of hardware circuits, and the functions of some or all units or modules can be implemented by designing the hardware circuits.
- the above hardware circuits can be understood as one or more processors; for example, in one implementation
- the hardware circuit is an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), which realizes the functions of some or all of the above units or modules by designing the logical relationship of the components in the circuit; for example, in another implementation, the hardware circuit can be realized by a programmable logic device (PLD), taking a field programmable gate array (FPGA) as an example, which can include a large number of logic gate circuits, and the connection relationship between the logic gate circuits is configured by a configuration file, thereby realizing the functions of some or all of the above units or modules. All units or modules of the above devices can be realized in the form of software called by the processor, or in the form of hardware circuits, or in part by software called by the processor, and the rest by hardware circuits.
- PLD programmable logic device
- a processor is a circuit with signal processing capabilities.
- the processor may be a circuit with instruction reading and execution capabilities, such as a central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, a graphics processing unit (GPU) (which can be understood as a microprocessor), or a digital signal processor (DSP).
- the processor may implement certain functions through the logical relationship of hardware circuits, and the logical relationship of the above hardware circuits is fixed or reconfigurable, for example, the processor is an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC).
- the process of the processor loading a configuration document to implement the hardware circuit configuration can be understood as the process of the processor loading instructions to implement the functions of some or all of the above units or modules.
- it can also be a hardware circuit designed for artificial intelligence, which can be understood as an ASIC, such as a neural network processing unit (NPU), a tensor processing unit (TPU), a deep learning processing unit (DPU), etc.
- NPU neural network processing unit
- TPU tensor processing unit
- DPU deep learning processing unit
- an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a first network device, wherein the first network device includes:
- the processing module 7101 is configured to determine a time period during which the first cell performs the first transmission based on the transmission of the first signal; the first signal is used for the first cell to switch between the first state and the second state; the first cell stops the first transmission in the first state; and the first cell performs the first transmission in the second state.
- the processing module may be used by the first network device to execute information processing-related steps in any information processing method.
- the first network device may further include: a sending module and/or a receiving module.
- the sending module and/or the receiving module may correspond to a network interface and/or a transceiver antenna of the first network device.
- the sending module may be used by the first network device to execute steps related to information sending in any information processing method.
- the receiving module may be used by the first network device to execute steps related to information sending in any information processing method.
- the receiving module is configured to receive a first signal sent by a user equipment UE;
- a sending module configured to send a first signal to a user equipment UE;
- the receiving module is configured to receive a first signal sent by a second network device in a second cell.
- the receiving module is further configured to receive a first signal sent by the UE and send a second signal to the UE; or, the receiving module is configured to have sent a first signal to the UE and receive a second signal sent by the UE; or, the receiving module is configured to receive a first signal sent by a second network device and send a second signal to the second network device; the second signal is a confirmation signal of the first signal.
- the processing module is configured to determine a latest time when the first cell performs the first transmission.
- the processing module is configured to determine a time unit n+k as the latest time when the first cell performs the first transmission; wherein n is related to the first signal; and k is a time domain offset.
- the processing module is configured to perform at least one of the following:
- n is determined according to the sending time or receiving time of the second signal; the second signal is a confirmation signal of the first signal.
- the processing module is configured to perform at least one of the following:
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
Abstract
Description
本公开涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种信息处理方法、通信设备及存储介质。The present disclosure relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to an information processing method, a communication device, and a storage medium.
在新无线(New Radio,NR)系统中,可以通过限制公共信号的发送可以使得网络设备节能。示例性地,网络设备进入到网络节能(Network Energy Saving,NES)状态之后,网络设备停止或者暂停至少部分公共信号的发送。该公共信号可包括但不限于:同步信号广播块、((Synchronization Signal and(Physical Broadcast Channel,PBCH)block,SSB)和/或系统信息块(System Inforamation Block,SIB)1、小区公共物理控制信道(Physical Downlink Control Channel,PDCCH)和/或物理随机接入信道(Physical Random Access Channel,PRACH)等。In the New Radio (NR) system, network devices can save energy by limiting the transmission of common signals. For example, after the network device enters the Network Energy Saving (NES) state, the network device stops or suspends the transmission of at least some common signals. The common signals may include, but are not limited to: synchronization signal broadcast block (Synchronization Signal and (Physical Broadcast Channel, PBCH) block, SSB) and/or system information block (System Inforamation Block, SIB) 1, cell common physical control channel (Physical Downlink Control Channel, PDCCH) and/or physical random access channel (Physical Random Access Channel, PRACH), etc.
发明内容Summary of the Invention
本公开实施例提供一种信息处理方法、通信设备及存储介质。Embodiments of the present disclosure provide an information processing method, a communication device, and a storage medium.
根据本公开实施例的第一方面,提供一种信息处理方法,由第一小区的第一网络设备执行,方法包括:根据第一信号的传输,确定第一小区执行第一传输的时段;第一信号用于第一小区在第一状态和第二状态之间状态切换;第一小区在第一状态下停止第一传输;第一小区在第二状态下执行第一传输。According to a first aspect of an embodiment of the present disclosure, there is provided an information processing method, which is executed by a first network device of a first cell, the method comprising: determining a time period for the first cell to perform a first transmission based on transmission of a first signal; the first signal is used for state switching of the first cell between a first state and a second state; the first cell stops the first transmission in the first state; and the first cell performs the first transmission in the second state.
根据本公开实施例的第二方面,提供一种信息处理方法,其中,由用户设备UE执行,方法包括:根据第一信号的传输,确定第一小区执行第一传输的时段;第一信号用于第一小区在第一状态和第二状态之间状态切换;第一小区在第一状态下停止第一传输;第一小区在第二状态下执行第一传输。According to a second aspect of an embodiment of the present disclosure, an information processing method is provided, which is executed by a user equipment UE, and the method includes: determining a time period for a first cell to perform a first transmission based on the transmission of a first signal; the first signal is used for the first cell to switch between a first state and a second state; the first cell stops the first transmission in the first state; and the first cell performs the first transmission in the second state.
根据本公开实施例的第三方面,提供一种信息处理方法,其中,由第二小区的第二网络设备执行,方法包括:向第一小区的第一网络设备发送第一信号;第一信号用于第一小区在第一状态和第二状态之间状态切换;第一小区在第一状态下停止第一传输;第一小区在第二状态下执行第一传输;第一信号的传输,还用于确定第一小区执行第一传输的时段。处理模块,被配置为根据终端至少一个服务小区的DTX以及DRX的至少其中之一的相关情况,确定DCI的发送时段。According to a third aspect of an embodiment of the present disclosure, there is provided an information processing method, performed by a second network device in a second cell, the method comprising: transmitting a first signal to a first network device in a first cell; the first signal being used for the first cell to switch between a first state and a second state; the first cell ceasing first transmission in the first state; the first cell performing first transmission in the second state; the transmission of the first signal further being used to determine a time period during which the first cell performs the first transmission. A processing module is configured to determine a DCI transmission time period based on at least one of a DTX and a DRX status of at least one serving cell of a terminal.
根据本公开实施例的第四方面,提供一种第一网络设备,其中,第一网络设备包括:According to a fourth aspect of an embodiment of the present disclosure, a first network device is provided, wherein the first network device includes:
处理模块,被配置为根据第一信号的传输,确定第一小区执行第一传输的时段;第一信号用于第一小区在第一状态和第二状态之间状态切换;第一小区在第一状态下停止第一传输;第一小区在第二状态下执行第一传输。The processing module is configured to determine a time period during which the first cell performs the first transmission based on the transmission of the first signal; the first signal is used for the first cell to switch between the first state and the second state; the first cell stops the first transmission in the first state; and the first cell performs the first transmission in the second state.
根据本公开实施例的第五方面,提供一种用户设备UE,其中,UE包括:According to a fifth aspect of an embodiment of the present disclosure, a user equipment (UE) is provided, wherein the UE includes:
处理模块,被配置为根据第一信号的传输,确定第一小区执行第一传输的时段;第一信号用于第一小区在第一状态和第二状态之间状态切换;第一小区在第一状态下停止第一传输;第一小区在第二状态下执行第一传输。The processing module is configured to determine a time period during which the first cell performs the first transmission based on the transmission of the first signal; the first signal is used for the first cell to switch between the first state and the second state; the first cell stops the first transmission in the first state; and the first cell performs the first transmission in the second state.
根据本公开实施例的第六方面,提供一种第二网络设备,其中,第二网络设备包括:发送模块,被配置为向第一小区的第一网络设备发送第一信号;第一信号用于第一小区在第一状态和第二状态之间状态切换;第一小区在第一状态下停止第一传输;第一小区在第二状态下执行第一传输;第一信号的传输,还用于确定第一小区执行第一传输的时段。According to a sixth aspect of an embodiment of the present disclosure, a second network device is provided, wherein the second network device includes: a sending module, configured to send a first signal to a first network device of a first cell; the first signal is used for the first cell to switch between a first state and a second state; the first cell stops the first transmission in the first state; the first cell performs the first transmission in the second state; the transmission of the first signal is also used to determine a time period in which the first cell performs the first transmission.
根据本公开实施例的第七方面,提供一种通信设备,其中,通信设备包括:一个或多个处理器;其中,处理器用于调用指令以使得通信设备执行前述第一方面至第三方面任意技术方式提供的信息处理方法。According to the seventh aspect of an embodiment of the present disclosure, a communication device is provided, wherein the communication device includes: one or more processors; wherein the processor is used to call instructions so that the communication device executes the information processing method provided by any technical means of the aforementioned first to third aspects.
根据本公开实施例的第八方面,提供一种存储介质,其中,存储介质存储有指令,当指令在通信设备上运行时,使得通信设备执行第一方面至第三方面任意方面提供的信息处理方法。According to an eighth aspect of an embodiment of the present disclosure, a storage medium is provided, wherein the storage medium stores instructions, which, when the instructions are executed on a communication device, enable the communication device to execute the information processing method provided by any of the first to third aspects.
本公开实施例提供的技术方式,根据第一信号的传输可确定出第一小区执行第一传输的时段,该时段可包括第一小区执行第一传输的起始时刻和/或最晚时刻。具体可以根据第一小区的状态切换所需时间和/或UE预备好接收第一传输所需时间等确定最早时刻,以及第一小区和UE之间执行第一传输所需的预备操作确定最晚时刻,从而实现第一小区尽可能的节能同时也提升第一传输的质量、例如,减少传输延时和/或接收失败。The technical approach provided by the embodiments of the present disclosure can determine, based on the transmission of the first signal, a time period during which the first cell performs the first transmission. This time period can include the starting time and/or the latest time for the first cell to perform the first transmission. Specifically, the earliest time can be determined based on the time required for the first cell to switch states and/or the time required for the UE to prepare to receive the first transmission, and the latest time can be determined based on the preparatory operations required for performing the first transmission between the first cell and the UE, thereby achieving maximum energy conservation in the first cell while also improving the quality of the first transmission, for example, reducing transmission delays and/or reception failures.
应当理解的是,以上的一般描述和后文的细节描述仅是示例性和解释性的,并不能限制本公开实施例。It should be understood that the foregoing general description and the following detailed description are merely exemplary and explanatory and are not restrictive of the embodiments of the present disclosure.
此处的附图被并入说明书中并构成本说明书的一部分,示出了符合本公开实施例,并与说明书一起用于解释本公开实施例的原理。 The accompanying drawings, which are incorporated in and constitute a part of this specification, illustrate embodiments of the present disclosure and, together with the description, serve to explain the principles of the embodiments of the present disclosure.
图1A是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种通信系统的架构示意图;FIG1A is a schematic diagram showing an architecture of a communication system according to an exemplary embodiment;
图1B是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种节能状态和非节能状态的对比示意图;FIG1B is a schematic diagram showing a comparison between an energy-saving state and a non-energy-saving state according to an exemplary embodiment;
图1C是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种SSB突发集(burst)的时域示意图;FIG1C is a time domain schematic diagram showing an SSB burst according to an exemplary embodiment;
图1D是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种SSB突发集(burst)的波束示意图;FIG1D is a schematic diagram showing a beam of an SSB burst according to an exemplary embodiment;
图2A是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种信息处理方法的流程示意图;FIG2A is a schematic flow chart showing an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment;
图2B是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种信息处理方法的流程示意图;FIG2B is a schematic flow chart showing an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment;
图2C是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种信息处理方法的流程示意图;FIG2C is a schematic flow chart showing an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment;
图2D是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种信息处理方法的流程示意图;FIG2D is a schematic flow chart showing an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment;
图3A是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种信息处理方法的流程示意图;FIG3A is a schematic flow chart showing an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment;
图3B是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种信息处理方法的流程示意图;FIG3B is a schematic flow chart showing an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment;
图4A是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种信息处理方法的流程示意图;FIG4A is a schematic flow chart showing an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment;
图4B是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种信息处理方法的流程示意图;FIG4B is a flow chart showing an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment;
图5是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种信息处理方法的流程示意图;FIG5 is a flow chart showing an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment;
图6A是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种信息处理方法的流程示意图;FIG6A is a schematic flow chart showing an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment;
图6B是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种信息处理方法的流程示意图;FIG6B is a schematic flow chart showing an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment;
图7A是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种第一网络设备的结构示意图;FIG7A is a schematic structural diagram of a first network device according to an exemplary embodiment;
图7B是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种终端的结构示意图;FIG7B is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal according to an exemplary embodiment;
图7C是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种第二网络设备的结构示意图;FIG7C is a schematic structural diagram of a second network device according to an exemplary embodiment;
图8A是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种通信设备的结构示意图;FIG8A is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an exemplary embodiment;
图8B是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种芯片的结构示意图。FIG8B is a schematic structural diagram of a chip according to an exemplary embodiment.
本公开实施例提供一种信息处理方法、通信设备、通信系统及存储介质。Embodiments of the present disclosure provide an information processing method, a communication device, a communication system, and a storage medium.
第一方面提供一种信息处理方法,由第一小区的第一网络设备执行,方法包括:A first aspect provides an information processing method, which is performed by a first network device in a first cell, and the method includes:
根据第一信号的传输,确定第一小区执行第一传输的时段;第一信号用于第一小区在第一状态和第二状态之间状态切换;第一小区在第一状态下停止第一传输;第一小区在第二状态下执行第一传输。According to the transmission of the first signal, a time period for the first cell to perform the first transmission is determined; the first signal is used for the first cell to switch between the first state and the second state; the first cell stops the first transmission in the first state; and the first cell performs the first transmission in the second state.
基于上述方案,根据第一信号的传输可确定出第一小区执行第一传输的时段,该时段可包括第一小区执行第一传输的起始时刻和/或最晚时刻。具体可以根据第一小区的状态切换所需时间和/或UE预备好接收第一传输所需时间等确定最早时刻,以及第一小区和UE之间执行第一传输所需的预备操作确定最晚时刻,从而实现第一小区尽可能的节能同时也提升第一传输的质量、例如,减少传输延时和/或接收失败。Based on the above solution, a time period for the first cell to perform the first transmission can be determined based on the transmission of the first signal. This time period may include a starting time and/or a latest time for the first cell to perform the first transmission. Specifically, the earliest time can be determined based on, for example, the time required for the first cell to switch states and/or the time required for the UE to prepare to receive the first transmission, and the latest time can be determined based on the preparatory operations required for performing the first transmission between the first cell and the UE. This allows the first cell to maximize energy conservation while also improving the quality of the first transmission, for example, reducing transmission delays and/or reception failures.
在第一方面的一些实施例中,方法还包括:接收用户设备UE发送的第一信号;或者,向用户设备UE发送第一信号;或者,接收第二小区的第二网络设备发送的第一信号。In some embodiments of the first aspect, the method further includes: receiving a first signal sent by a user equipment UE; or sending the first signal to the user equipment UE; or receiving a first signal sent by a second network device of the second cell.
在第一方面的一些实施例中,方法还包括:接收到UE发送的第一信号,向UE发送第二信号;或者,已向UE发送第一信号,接收UE发送的第二信号;或者,接收第二网络设备发送的第一信号,向第二网络设备发送第二信号;第二信号为第一信号的确认信号。In some embodiments of the first aspect, the method further includes: receiving a first signal sent by the UE, and sending a second signal to the UE; or, having sent the first signal to the UE, receiving a second signal sent by the UE; or, receiving the first signal sent by the second network device, and sending the second signal to the second network device; the second signal is a confirmation signal of the first signal.
在第一方面的一些实施例中,确定第一小区执行第一传输的时段包括:确定第一小区执行第一传输的最晚时刻。In some embodiments of the first aspect, determining the time period during which the first cell performs the first transmission includes determining a latest time when the first cell performs the first transmission.
基于上述方案,确定最晚时刻可以确保第一传输及时传输,减少第一传输的执行延时。Based on the above solution, determining the latest time can ensure that the first transmission is transmitted in time and reduce the execution delay of the first transmission.
在第一方面的一些实施例中,确定第一小区执行第一传输的最晚时刻,包括:确定时间单元n+k为第一小区执行第一传输的最晚时刻;其中,n与第一信号相关;k为时域偏移量。In some embodiments of the first aspect, determining the latest time for the first cell to perform the first transmission includes: determining a time unit n+k as the latest time for the first cell to perform the first transmission; wherein n is related to the first signal; and k is a time domain offset.
在第一方面的一些实施例中,确定第一小区执行第一传输的最晚时刻,包括以下至少之一:根据第一信号的接收时刻或发送时刻,确定n;根据第二信号的发送时刻或接收时刻确定n;第二信号为第一信号的确认信号。In some embodiments of the first aspect, determining the latest time for the first cell to perform the first transmission includes at least one of the following: determining n based on the reception time or the transmission time of the first signal; determining n based on the transmission time or the reception time of the second signal; and the second signal is a confirmation signal of the first signal.
基于上述方案,提供了两种确定n的实现方式,具体实现不局限于上述方案且根据具体实现灵活选择合适的n。Based on the above solution, two implementation methods for determining n are provided. The specific implementation is not limited to the above solution and a suitable n can be flexibly selected according to the specific implementation.
在第一方面的一些实施例中,确定第一小区执行第一传输的最晚时刻,包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments of the first aspect, determining the latest time at which the first cell performs the first transmission includes at least one of the following:
根据第一信号的信号类型,确定k;determining k according to a signal type of the first signal;
根据第一小区使用的频率范围,确定k;Determine k according to a frequency range used by the first cell;
根据第一小区是否为UE的已知小区,确定k;Determining k according to whether the first cell is a known cell of the UE;
根据第一小区的层3测量周期,确定k;Determine k according to the layer 3 measurement period of the first cell;
根据第一小区是否有配置同步信号广播块SSB的测量间隔,确定k; Determine k according to whether the first cell has a measurement interval configured with a synchronization signal broadcast block SSB;
根据UE是否有配置多个辅小区,确定k;Determine k based on whether the UE is configured with multiple secondary cells;
根据UE配置的辅小区个数,确定k;Determine k based on the number of secondary cells configured by the UE;
根据第一小区是否有配置第三信号,确定k;Determine k according to whether the first cell is configured with a third signal;
根据第一小区中第四信号的配置方式,确定k;Determine k according to a configuration mode of the fourth signal in the first cell;
根据UE的接收功率,确定k;Determine k based on the UE's received power;
根据UE是否有激活与第一小区同频的第三小区,确定k;Determine k based on whether the UE has activated a third cell with the same frequency as the first cell;
根据UE激活的与第一小区同频的第三小区使用的频率范围,确定k;Determine k based on a frequency range used by a third cell activated by the UE and having the same frequency as the first cell;
根据UE的激活服务小区使用的频率范围,确定k;Determine k based on the frequency range used by the activated serving cell of the UE;
根据UE在第一频率范围上是否有激活的服务小区,确定k;Determine k based on whether the UE has an activated serving cell in the first frequency range;
根据UE在第一频率范围上激活的服务小区个数,确定k;Determine k according to the number of serving cells activated by the UE in the first frequency range;
根据第一小区配置的SSB的结构,确定k;Determine k according to the structure of the SSB configured in the first cell;
根据第一小区配置的SSB使用的发送图样,确定k;Determine k according to a transmission pattern used by the SSB configured in the first cell;
根据第一小区配置的SSB使用的功率控制参数,确定k;Determine k according to a power control parameter used by the SSB configured in the first cell;
根据UE是否具有第一需求,确定k。k is determined according to whether the UE has the first requirement.
基于上述方案,给出了确定k的各种场景和实现方式,具有实现简便的特点,且可以满足不同场景下的需求。Based on the above scheme, various scenarios and implementation methods for determining k are given, which are easy to implement and can meet the needs of different scenarios.
在第一方面的一些实施例中,第一信号的信号类型包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments of the first aspect, the signal type of the first signal includes at least one of the following:
第一信号为唤醒信号WUS;The first signal is a wake-up signal WUS;
第一信号为第一指示;第一指示,用于指示第一小区开启或关闭;The first signal is a first indication; the first indication is used to indicate whether the first cell is turned on or off;
第一信号为第二指示;第二指示,用于指示第一小区激活或去激活。The first signal is a second indication; the second indication is used to indicate activation or deactivation of the first cell.
基于上述方案,给出了第一信号的几种类型,后续根据需要可以灵活选择合适类型的第一信号。Based on the above solution, several types of first signals are given, and a suitable type of first signal can be flexibly selected according to needs.
在第一方面的一些实施例中,根据第一小区的层3测量周期,确定k,包括以下至少之一:根据第一小区的SSB的层3测量周期,确定k;In some embodiments of the first aspect, determining k based on a layer 3 measurement period of the first cell comprises at least one of the following: determining k based on a layer 3 measurement period of an SSB of the first cell;
根据第一小区的信道状态信息-参考信号(Channel State Information-Reference Signal,CIS-RS)的层3测量周期,确定k。k is determined according to the layer 3 measurement period of the Channel State Information-Reference Signal (CIS-RS) of the first cell.
在第一方面的一些实施例中,第三信号包括非周期的参考信号。In some embodiments of the first aspect, the third signal comprises a non-periodic reference signal.
在第一方面的一些实施例中,非周期的参考信号包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments of the first aspect, the non-periodic reference signal includes at least one of the following:
非周期的CSI-RS;Aperiodic CSI-RS;
非周期的跟踪参考信号(Tracking Reference Signal,TRS)。Non-periodic Tracking Reference Signal (TRS).
在第一方面的一些实施例中,第四信号的配置方式包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments of the first aspect, a configuration manner of the fourth signal includes at least one of the following:
第四信号的周期性配置;a periodic configuration of a fourth signal;
第四信号的半持续配置。Semi-persistent configuration of the fourth signal.
在第一方面的一些实施例中,根据UE的接收功率,确定k包括:In some embodiments of the first aspect, determining k according to the received power of the UE includes:
根据是否符合确定k;用于指示指定信号在一个资源单元RE上的接收功率;Iot为UE在一个RE上的噪声与干扰的接收功率之和;X为任意实数。According to whether Determine k; It is used to indicate the received power of a specified signal on a resource unit RE; Iot is the sum of the received power of noise and interference of the UE on a RE; X is an arbitrary real number.
在第一方面的一些实施例中,SSB的结构包括第一结构和/或第二结构;第一结构和第二结构的信号类型和/或发送参数至少其中之一不同。In some embodiments of the first aspect, the structure of the SSB includes a first structure and/or a second structure; at least one of the signal type and/or transmission parameters of the first structure and the second structure is different.
在第一方面的一些实施例中,第一结构的SSB包括主同步信号PSS和辅同步信号SSS,且第二结构的SSB包括PSS、SSS以及物理广播信道PBCH;或者,In some embodiments of the first aspect, the SSB of the first structure includes a primary synchronization signal PSS and a secondary synchronization signal SSS, and the SSB of the second structure includes the PSS, the SSS, and the physical broadcast channel PBCH; or,
第一结构的SSB对应的一个SSB突发集中的相邻两个SSB波束之间无时域间隔或具有第一时间间隔,且第二结构的SSB对应的一个SSB突发集中的相邻两个SSB波束之间具有第二时间间隔;第二时间间隔大于第一时间间隔;或者,There is no time domain interval or a first time interval between two adjacent SSB beams in an SSB burst set corresponding to the SSB of the first structure, and there is a second time interval between two adjacent SSB beams in an SSB burst set corresponding to the SSB of the second structure; the second time interval is greater than the first time interval; or,
第一结构SSB对应的相邻两个SSB突发集之间无时域间隔或具有第三时间间隔,且第二结构的SSB对应的相邻两个SSB突发集之间具有第四时间间隔;第四时间间隔大于第三时间间隔。There is no time domain interval or a third time interval between two adjacent SSB burst sets corresponding to the first structure SSB, and there is a fourth time interval between two adjacent SSB burst sets corresponding to the second structure SSB; the fourth time interval is greater than the third time interval.
在第一方面的一些实施例中,SSB使用的发送图样包括第一图样和/或第二图样;第一图样和的第二图样涉及的波束个数和发送周期的至少其中之一不同。In some embodiments of the first aspect, the transmission pattern used by SSB includes a first pattern and/or a second pattern; the first pattern and the second pattern differ in at least one of the number of beams involved and the transmission period.
在第一方面的一些实施例中,第一图样涉及的波束包括第一波束,且第二图样涉及的波束包括第一波束和第二波束;第一波束包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments of the first aspect, the beams involved in the first pattern include a first beam, and the beams involved in the second pattern include a first beam and a second beam; and the first beam includes at least one of the following:
第一信号指示的波束;a beam indicated by the first signal;
第一信号传输使用的波束;a beam used for first signal transmission;
第一信号传输使用的波束以及第一信号传输使用波束的一个或多个相邻波束; a beam used for first signal transmission and one or more adjacent beams of the beam used for first signal transmission;
第一信号指示的波束以及第一信号指示的波束的一个或多个相邻波束;The beam indicated by the first signal and one or more adjacent beams to the beam indicated by the first signal;
第二信号指示的波束;a beam indicated by a second signal;
第二信号传输使用的波束;a beam used for second signal transmission;
第二信号指示的波束以及第二信号指示的波束的一个或多个相邻波束;the beam indicated by the second signal and one or more adjacent beams to the beam indicated by the second signal;
第二信号传输使用的波束以及第二信号传输使用的波束的一个或多个相邻波束;a beam used for second signal transmission and one or more adjacent beams of the beam used for second signal transmission;
第二波束为第一小区内第一波束以外的任意波束;The second beam is any beam other than the first beam in the first cell;
或者,or,
第一图样涉及的发送周期位于第一取值范围内且第二图样涉及的发送周期位于第二取值范围内;第二取值范围与第一取值范围至少部分不同。The sending period involved in the first pattern is within a first value range, and the sending period involved in the second pattern is within a second value range; the second value range is at least partially different from the first value range.
在第一方面的一些实施例中,第一需求包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments of the first aspect, the first requirement includes at least one of the following:
UE是否具有自动增益控制AGC的需求;Whether the UE has the requirement for automatic gain control (AGC);
UE是否具有小区检测的需求;Whether the UE has a cell detection requirement;
UE是否具有时频域跟踪的需求;Whether the UE has time-frequency domain tracking requirements;
UE是否具有层1测量和的需求。Whether the UE has a need for Layer 1 measurements.
在第一方面的一些实施例中,方法,还包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments of the first aspect, the method further comprises at least one of the following:
第一小区的层3结果周期,确定UE是否具有AGC和/或时频跟踪的需求;The layer 3 result period of the first cell determines whether the UE has AGC and/or time-frequency tracking requirements;
根据UE的接收功率,确定UE是否具有AGC和/或时频跟踪的需求;Determine whether the UE has AGC and/or time-frequency tracking requirements based on the UE's received power;
根据第一小区是否为已知小区,确定UE是否具有层1测量的需求;在第一小区为未知小区的情况下根据UE的接收功率,确定UE是否具有AGC、时频跟踪和/或层1测量的需求。Determine whether the UE has a need for layer 1 measurement based on whether the first cell is a known cell; if the first cell is an unknown cell, determine whether the UE has a need for AGC, time-frequency tracking and/or layer 1 measurement based on the UE's received power.
第二方面提供一种信息处理方法,其中,由网络设备执行,方法包括:A second aspect provides an information processing method, wherein the method is performed by a network device, and the method includes:
根据第一信号的传输,确定第一小区执行第一传输的时段;第一信号用于第一小区在第一状态和第二状态之间状态切换;第一小区在第一状态下停止第一传输;第一小区在第二状态下执行第一传输。According to the transmission of the first signal, a time period for the first cell to perform the first transmission is determined; the first signal is used for the first cell to switch between the first state and the second state; the first cell stops the first transmission in the first state; and the first cell performs the first transmission in the second state.
在第二方面一些实施例中,方法还包括:In some embodiments of the second aspect, the method further comprises:
向第一小区的第一网络设备或第二小区的第二网络设备发送第一信号;或者,接收第一小区的第一网络设备或第二小区的第二网络设备发送的第一信号。Send a first signal to a first network device in the first cell or a second network device in the second cell; or receive a first signal sent by the first network device in the first cell or the second network device in the second cell.
在第二方面一些实施例中,方法还包括:In some embodiments of the second aspect, the method further comprises:
已向第一小区的第一网络设备或第二小区的第二网络设备发送第一信号,接收第一网络设备或第二网络设备发送的第二信号;或者,A first signal has been sent to a first network device in a first cell or a second network device in a second cell, and a second signal sent by the first network device or the second network device has been received; or
接收第一小区的第一网络设备或第二小区的第二网络设备发送的第一信号,向第一网络设备或第二网络设备发送第二信号;receiving a first signal sent by a first network device in a first cell or a second network device in a second cell, and sending a second signal to the first network device or the second network device;
第二信号为第一信号的确认信号。The second signal is a confirmation signal of the first signal.
在第二方面一些实施例中,确定第一小区执行第一传输的时段,包括:确定第一小区执行第一传输的最晚时刻。In some embodiments of the second aspect, determining a time period during which the first cell performs the first transmission includes determining a latest time when the first cell performs the first transmission.
在第二方面一些实施例中,确定第一小区执行第一传输的最晚时刻,包括:In some embodiments of the second aspect, determining the latest time at which the first cell performs the first transmission includes:
确定时间单元n+k为第一小区执行第一传输的最晚时刻;其中,n与第一信号相关;k为时域偏移量。Determine time unit n+k as the latest time when the first cell performs the first transmission; wherein n is related to the first signal; and k is a time domain offset.
在第二方面一些实施例中,确定第一小区执行第一传输的最晚时刻,包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments of the second aspect, determining the latest time at which the first cell performs the first transmission includes at least one of the following:
根据第一信号的接收时刻或发送时刻,确定n;Determine n according to the reception time or the transmission time of the first signal;
根据第二信号的发送时刻或接收时刻确定n;第二信号为第一信号的确认信号。n is determined according to the sending time or receiving time of the second signal; the second signal is a confirmation signal of the first signal.
在第二方面一些实施例中,确定第一小区执行第一传输的最晚时刻,包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments of the second aspect, determining the latest time at which the first cell performs the first transmission includes at least one of the following:
根据第一信号的信号类型,确定k;determining k according to a signal type of the first signal;
根据第一小区使用的频率范围,确定k;Determine k according to a frequency range used by the first cell;
根据第一小区是否为UE的已知小区,确定k;Determine k according to whether the first cell is a known cell of the UE;
根据第一小区的层3测量周期,确定k;Determine k according to the layer 3 measurement period of the first cell;
根据第一小区是否有配置同步信号广播块SSB的测量间隔,确定k;Determine k according to whether the first cell has a measurement interval configured with a synchronization signal broadcast block SSB;
根据UE是否有配置多个辅小区,确定k;Determine k based on whether the UE is configured with multiple secondary cells;
根据UE配置的辅小区个数,确定k;Determine k based on the number of secondary cells configured by the UE;
根据第一小区是否有配置第三信号,确定k;Determine k according to whether the first cell is configured with a third signal;
根据第一小区中第四信号的配置方式,确定k;Determine k according to a configuration mode of the fourth signal in the first cell;
根据UE的接收功率,确定k;Determine k based on the UE's received power;
根据UE是否有激活与第一小区同频的第三小区,确定k; Determine k based on whether the UE has activated a third cell with the same frequency as the first cell;
根据UE激活的与第一小区同频的第三小区使用的频率范围,确定k;Determine k based on a frequency range used by a third cell activated by the UE and having the same frequency as the first cell;
根据UE的激活服务小区使用的频率范围,确定k;Determine k based on the frequency range used by the activated serving cell of the UE;
根据UE在第一频率范围上是否有激活的服务小区,确定k;Determine k based on whether the UE has an activated serving cell in the first frequency range;
根据UE在第一频率范围上激活的服务小区个数,确定k;Determine k according to the number of serving cells activated by the UE in the first frequency range;
根据第一小区配置的SSB的结构,确定k;Determine k according to the structure of the SSB configured in the first cell;
根据第一小区配置的SSB使用的发送图样,确定k;Determine k according to a transmission pattern used by the SSB configured in the first cell;
根据第一小区配置的SSB使用的功率控制参数,确定k;Determine k according to a power control parameter used by the SSB configured in the first cell;
根据UE是否具有第一需求,确定k。k is determined according to whether the UE has the first requirement.
在第二方面一些实施例中,第一信号的信号类型包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments of the second aspect, the signal type of the first signal includes at least one of the following:
第一信号为唤醒信号WUS;The first signal is a wake-up signal WUS;
第一信号为第一指示;第一指示,用于指示第一小区开启或关闭;The first signal is a first indication; the first indication is used to indicate whether the first cell is turned on or off;
第一信号为第二指示;第二指示,用于指示第一小区激活或去激活。The first signal is a second indication; the second indication is used to indicate activation or deactivation of the first cell.
根据第一小区的层3测量周期,确定k,包括以下至少之一:根据第一小区的SSB的层3测量周期,确定k;Determining k according to a layer 3 measurement period of the first cell comprises at least one of the following: determining k according to a layer 3 measurement period of an SSB of the first cell;
根据第一小区的信道状态信息-参考信号CSI-RS的层3测量周期,确定k。k is determined according to a layer 3 measurement period of a channel state information-reference signal CSI-RS of the first cell.
在第二方面一些实施例中,第三信号包括非周期的参考信号。In some embodiments of the second aspect, the third signal includes a non-periodic reference signal.
在第二方面一些实施例中,非周期的参考信号包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments of the second aspect, the non-periodic reference signal includes at least one of the following:
非周期的CSI-RS;Aperiodic CSI-RS;
非周期的跟踪参考信号TRS。Aperiodic tracking reference signal TRS.
在第二方面一些实施例中,第四信号的配置方式包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments of the second aspect, the configuration of the fourth signal includes at least one of the following:
第四信号的周期性配置;a periodic configuration of a fourth signal;
第四信号的半持续配置。Semi-persistent configuration of the fourth signal.
在第二方面一些实施例中,根据UE的接收功率,确定k包括:In some embodiments of the second aspect, determining k according to the received power of the UE includes:
根据是否符合确定k;用于指示指定信号在一个资源单元RE上的接收功率;Iot为UE在一个RE上的噪声与干扰的接收功率之和;X为任意实数。According to whether Determine k; It is used to indicate the received power of a specified signal on a resource unit RE; Iot is the sum of the received power of noise and interference of the UE on a RE; X is an arbitrary real number.
在第二方面一些实施例中,SSB的结构包括第一结构和/或第二结构;第一结构和第二结构的型号类型和/或发送参数至少其中之一不同。In some embodiments of the second aspect, the structure of the SSB includes a first structure and/or a second structure; the first structure and the second structure have at least one different model type and/or sending parameter.
在第二方面一些实施例中,第一结构的SSB包括主同步信号PSS和辅同步信号SSS,且第二结构的SSB包括PSS、SSS以及物理广播信道PBCH;或者,In some embodiments of the second aspect, the SSB of the first structure includes a primary synchronization signal PSS and a secondary synchronization signal SSS, and the SSB of the second structure includes a PSS, an SSS, and a physical broadcast channel PBCH; or,
第一结构的SSB对应的一个SSB突发集中的相邻两个SSB波束之间无时域间隔或具有第一时间间隔,且第二结构的SSB对应的一个SSB突发集中的相邻两个SSB波束之间具有第二时间间隔;第二时间间隔大于第一时间间隔;或者,There is no time domain interval or a first time interval between two adjacent SSB beams in an SSB burst set corresponding to the SSB of the first structure, and there is a second time interval between two adjacent SSB beams in an SSB burst set corresponding to the SSB of the second structure; the second time interval is greater than the first time interval; or,
第一结构SSB对应的相邻两个SSB突发集之间无时域间隔具有第三时间间隔,且第二结构的SSB对应的相邻两个SSB突发集之间具有第四时间间隔;第四时间间隔大于第三时间间隔。There is no time domain interval between two adjacent SSB burst sets corresponding to the first structure SSB and there is a third time interval, and there is a fourth time interval between two adjacent SSB burst sets corresponding to the second structure SSB; the fourth time interval is greater than the third time interval.
在第二方面一些实施例中,SSB使用的发送图样包括第一图样和/或第二图样;第一图样和的第二图样涉及的波束个数和发送周期的至少其中之一不同。In some embodiments of the second aspect, the transmission pattern used by SSB includes a first pattern and/or a second pattern; the first pattern and the second pattern differ in at least one of the number of beams involved and the transmission period.
在第二方面一些实施例中,第一图样涉及的波束包括第一波束,且第二图样涉及的波束包括第一波束和第二波束;第一波束包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments of the second aspect, the beams involved in the first pattern include a first beam, and the beams involved in the second pattern include a first beam and a second beam; and the first beam includes at least one of the following:
第一信号指示的波束;a beam indicated by the first signal;
第一信号传输使用的波束;a beam used for first signal transmission;
第一信号传输使用的波束以及第一信号传输使用波束的一个或多个相邻波束;a beam used for first signal transmission and one or more adjacent beams of the beam used for first signal transmission;
第一信号指示的波束以及第一信号指示的波束的一个或多个相邻波束;The beam indicated by the first signal and one or more adjacent beams to the beam indicated by the first signal;
第二信号指示的波束;a beam indicated by a second signal;
第二信号传输使用的波束;a beam used for second signal transmission;
第二信号指示的波束以及第二信号指示的波束的一个或多个相邻波束;the beam indicated by the second signal and one or more adjacent beams to the beam indicated by the second signal;
第二信号传输使用的波束以及第二信号传输使用的波束的一个或多个相邻波束;a beam used for second signal transmission and one or more adjacent beams of the beam used for second signal transmission;
第二波束为第一小区内第一波束以外的任意波束;The second beam is any beam other than the first beam in the first cell;
或者,or,
第一图样涉及的发送周期位于第一取值范围内且第二图样涉及的发送周期位于第二取值范围内;第二取值范围与第一取值范围至少部分不同。The sending period involved in the first pattern is within a first value range, and the sending period involved in the second pattern is within a second value range; the second value range is at least partially different from the first value range.
在第二方面一些实施例中,第一需求包括以下至少之一: In some embodiments of the second aspect, the first requirement includes at least one of the following:
UE是否具有自动增益控制AGC的需求;Whether the UE has the requirement for automatic gain control (AGC);
UE是否具有小区检测的需求;Whether the UE has a cell detection requirement;
UE是否具有时频域跟踪的需求;Whether the UE has time-frequency domain tracking requirements;
UE是否具有层1测量和的需求。Whether the UE has a need for Layer 1 measurements.
在第二方面一些实施例中,方法,还包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments of the second aspect, the method further comprises at least one of the following:
第一小区的层3结果周期,确定UE是否具有AGC和/或时频跟踪的需求;The layer 3 result period of the first cell determines whether the UE has AGC and/or time-frequency tracking requirements;
根据UE的接收功率,确定UE是否具有AGC和/或时频跟踪的需求;Determine whether the UE has AGC and/or time-frequency tracking requirements based on the UE's received power;
根据第一小区是否为已知小区,确定UE是否具有层1测量的需求;在第一小区为未知小区的情况下根据UE的接收功率,确定UE是否具有AGC、时频跟踪和/或层1测量的需求。Determine whether the UE has a need for layer 1 measurement based on whether the first cell is a known cell; if the first cell is an unknown cell, determine whether the UE has a need for AGC, time-frequency tracking and/or layer 1 measurement based on the UE's received power.
第三方面提供一种信息处理方法,其中,由第二小区的第二网络设备执行,方法包括:向第一小区的第一网络设备发送第一信号;第一信号用于第一小区在第一状态和第二状态之间状态切换;第一小区在第一状态下停止第一传输;第一小区在第二状态下执行第一传输;第一信号的传输,还用于确定第一小区执行第一传输的时段。A third aspect provides an information processing method, which is executed by a second network device in a second cell, and the method includes: sending a first signal to a first network device in a first cell; the first signal is used for the first cell to switch between a first state and a second state; the first cell stops the first transmission in the first state; the first cell performs the first transmission in the second state; the transmission of the first signal is also used to determine the time period in which the first cell performs the first transmission.
在第三方面一些实施例中,向第一小区的第一网络设备发送第一信号包括:In some embodiments of the third aspect, sending the first signal to the first network device of the first cell includes:
接收到用户设备UE发送的第一信号,向第一网络设备发送第一信号。A first signal sent by a user equipment UE is received, and the first signal is sent to a first network device.
在第三方面一些实施例中,方法还包括:In some embodiments of the third aspect, the method further comprises:
接收第一网络设备发送的第二信号;第二信号为第一信号的确认信号。A second signal sent by the first network device is received; the second signal is a confirmation signal of the first signal.
第四方面提供一种第一网络设备,其中,第一网络设备包括:A fourth aspect provides a first network device, wherein the first network device includes:
处理模块,被配置为根据第一信号的传输,确定第一小区执行第一传输的时段;第一信号用于第一小区在第一状态和第二状态之间状态切换;第一小区在第一状态下停止第一传输;第一小区在第二状态下执行第一传输。The processing module is configured to determine a time period during which the first cell performs the first transmission based on the transmission of the first signal; the first signal is used for the first cell to switch between the first state and the second state; the first cell stops the first transmission in the first state; and the first cell performs the first transmission in the second state.
第五方面提供一种UE,UE包括:A fifth aspect provides a UE, the UE including:
处理模块,被配置为根据第一信号的传输,确定第一小区执行第一传输的时段;第一信号用于第一小区在第一状态和第二状态之间状态切换;第一小区在第一状态下停止第一传输;第一小区在第二状态下执行第一传输。The processing module is configured to determine a time period during which the first cell performs the first transmission based on the transmission of the first signal; the first signal is used for the first cell to switch between the first state and the second state; the first cell stops the first transmission in the first state; and the first cell performs the first transmission in the second state.
第六方面提供一种第二网络设备其中,第二网络设备包括:发送模块,被配置为向第一小区的第一网络设备发送第一信号;第一信号用于第一小区在第一状态和第二状态之间状态切换;第一小区在第一状态下停止第一传输;第一小区在第二状态下执行第一传输;第一信号的传输,还用于确定第一小区执行第一传输的时段。The sixth aspect provides a second network device, wherein the second network device includes: a sending module, configured to send a first signal to the first network device of the first cell; the first signal is used for the first cell to switch between the first state and the second state; the first cell stops the first transmission in the first state; the first cell performs the first transmission in the second state; the transmission of the first signal is also used to determine the time period during which the first cell performs the first transmission.
第七方面,本公开实施例提供一种通信设备,通信设备包括:一个或多个处理器;In a seventh aspect, an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a communication device, the communication device including: one or more processors;
其中,处理器用于调用指令以使得通信设备执行第一方面至第三方面的可选实现方式所描述的信息处理方法。The processor is used to call instructions to enable the communication device to execute the information processing method described in the optional implementation of the first to third aspects.
第八方面,本公开实施例提供了一种存储介质,其中,存储介质存储有指令,当指令在通信设备上运行时,使得通信设备执行第一方面至第三方面的可选实现方式所描述的信息处理方法。In an eighth aspect, an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a storage medium, wherein the storage medium stores instructions, which, when the instructions are executed on a communication device, enable the communication device to execute the information processing method described in the optional implementation methods of the first to third aspects.
第九方面,本公开实施例提供了一种程序产品,程序产品被通信设备执行时,使得通设备执行第一方面至第五方面的可选实现方式所描述的信息处理方法。In a ninth aspect, an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a program product. When the program product is executed by a communication device, the communication device executes the information processing method described in the optional implementation of the first to fifth aspects.
第十方面,本公开实施例提供了一种计算机程序,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行第一方面至第三方面的可选实现方式所描述的信息处理方法。In a tenth aspect, an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a computer program, which, when executed on a computer, enables the computer to execute the information processing method described in the optional implementation manners of the first to third aspects.
可以理解地,上述终端、网络设备以及通信系统、程序产品、计算机程序均用于执行本公开实施例所提供的方法。因此,其所能达到的有益效果可以参考对应方法中的有益效果,此处不再赘述。It is understandable that the above-mentioned terminals, network devices, communication systems, program products, and computer programs are all used to execute the methods provided by the embodiments of the present disclosure. Therefore, the beneficial effects that can be achieved can refer to the beneficial effects of the corresponding methods and will not be repeated here.
本公开实施例提出了一种信息处理方法、通信设备、通信系统及存储介质。本公开实施例并非穷举,仅为部分实施例的示意,不作为对本公开保护范围的具体限制。在不矛盾的情况下,某一实施例中的每个步骤均可以作为独立实施例来实施,且各步骤之间可以任意组合,例如,在某一实施例中去除部分步骤后的方式也可以作为独立实施例来实施,且在某一实施例中各步骤的顺序可以任意交换,另外,某一实施例中的可选实现方式可以任意组合;此外,各实施例之间可以任意组合,例如,不同实施例的部分或全部步骤可以任意组合,某一实施例可以与其他实施例的可选实现方式任意组合。The embodiments of the present disclosure propose an information processing method, a communication device, a communication system and a storage medium. The embodiments of the present disclosure are not exhaustive, but are merely illustrative of some embodiments, and are not intended to be a specific limitation on the scope of protection of the present disclosure. In the absence of contradiction, each step in a certain embodiment can be implemented as an independent embodiment, and the steps can be arbitrarily combined. For example, the method after removing some steps in a certain embodiment can also be implemented as an independent embodiment, and the order of the steps in a certain embodiment can be arbitrarily exchanged. In addition, the optional implementation methods in a certain embodiment can be arbitrarily combined; in addition, the embodiments can be arbitrarily combined. For example, some or all of the steps of different embodiments can be arbitrarily combined, and a certain embodiment can be arbitrarily combined with the optional implementation methods of other embodiments.
在各本公开实施例中,如果没有特殊说明以及逻辑冲突,各实施例之间的术语和/或描述具有一致性,且可以互相引用,不同实施例中的技术特征根据其内在的逻辑关系可以组合形成新的实施例。In each embodiment of the present disclosure, unless otherwise specified or provided for by logic, the terms and/or descriptions between the embodiments are consistent and can be referenced by each other. The technical features in different embodiments can be combined to form a new embodiment based on their inherent logical relationships.
本公开实施例中所使用的术语只是为了描述特定实施例的目的,而并非作为对本公开的限制。The terms used in the embodiments of the present disclosure are only for the purpose of describing specific embodiments and are not intended to limit the present disclosure.
在本公开实施例中,除非另有说明,以单数形式表示的元素,如“一个”、“一种”、“该”、“上述”、、“前述”、“这一”等,可以表示“一个且只有一个”,也可以表示“一个或多个”、“至少一个”等。例如, 在翻译中使用如英语中的“a”、“an”、“the”等冠词(article)的情况下,冠词之后的名词可以理解为单数表达形式,也可以理解为复数表达形式。In the embodiments of the present disclosure, unless otherwise specified, elements expressed in singular form, such as "a", "an", "the", "above", "the", "the", etc., may mean "one and only one", or "one or more", "at least one", etc. For example, When using articles such as “a”, “an”, and “the” in English during translation, the noun following the article can be understood as a singular expression or a plural expression.
在本公开实施例中,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。In the embodiments of the present disclosure, “plurality” refers to two or more.
在一些实施例中,“至少一者(至少之一、至少一项、至少一个)(at least one of)”、“一个或多个(one or more)”、“多个(a plurality of)”、“多个(multiple)等术语可以相互替换。In some embodiments, the terms "at least one of", "one or more", "a plurality of", "multiple", etc. can be used interchangeably.
在一些实施例中,“A、B中的至少一者”、“A和/或B”、“在一情况下A,在另一情况下B”、“一情况A,另一情况B”等记载方式,根据情况可以包括以下技术方式:在一些实施例中A(与B无关地执行A);在一些实施例中B(与A无关地执行B);在一些实施例中从A和B中选择执行(A和B被选择性执行);在一些实施例中A和B(A和B都被执行)。当有A、B、C等更多分支时也类似上述。In some embodiments, descriptions such as "at least one of A and B," "A and/or B," "in one case A, in another case B," or "in one case A, in another case B" may include the following technical descriptions depending on the circumstances: in some embodiments, A (A is executed independently of B); in some embodiments, B (B is executed independently of A); in some embodiments, execution is selected from A and B (A and B are selectively executed); and in some embodiments, A and B (both A and B are executed). The same applies when there are more branches, such as A, B, and C.
在一些实施例中,“A或B”等记载方式,根据情况可以包括以下技术方式:在一些实施例中A(与B无关地执行A);在一些实施例中B(与A无关地执行B);在一些实施例中从A和B中选择执行(A和B被选择性执行)。当有A、B、C等更多分支时也类似上述。In some embodiments, "A or B" and other descriptions may include the following technical approaches, depending on the circumstances: in some embodiments, A (A is executed independently of B); in some embodiments, B (B is executed independently of A); in some embodiments, execution is selected from A and B (A and B are selectively executed). The above is also applicable when there are more branches such as A, B, and C.
本公开实施例中的“第一”、“第二”等前缀词,仅仅为了区分不同的描述对象,不对描述对象的位置、顺序、优先级、数量或内容等构成限制,对描述对象的陈述参见权利要求或实施例中上下文的描述,不应因为使用前缀词而构成多余的限制。例如,描述对象为“字段”,则“第一字段”和“第二字段”中“字段”之前的序数词并不限制“字段”之间的位置或顺序,“第一”和“第二”并不限制其修饰的“字段”是否在同一个消息中,也不限制“第一字段”和“第二字段”的先后顺序。再如,描述对象为“等级”,则“第一等级”和“第二等级”中“等级”之前的序数词并不限制“等级”之间的优先级。再如,描述对象的数量并不受序数词的限制,可以是一个或者多个,以“第一装置”为例,其中“装置”的数量可以是一个或者多个。此外,不同前缀词修饰的对象可以相同或不同,例如,描述对象为“装置”,则“第一装置”和“第二装置”可以是相同的装置或者不同的装置,其类型可以相同或不同;再如,描述对象为“信息”,则“第一类信息”和“第二类信息”可以是相同的信息或者不同的信息,其内容可以相同或不同。The prefixes such as "first" and "second" in the embodiments of the present disclosure are only used to distinguish different description objects and do not constitute any restriction on the position, order, priority, quantity or content of the description objects. For the statement of the description object, please refer to the description in the context of the claims or embodiments, and no unnecessary restriction should be constituted due to the use of prefixes. For example, if the description object is a "field", the ordinal number before the "field" in the "first field" and the "second field" does not limit the position or order between the "fields". "First" and "second" do not limit whether the "fields" they modify are in the same message, nor do they limit the order of the "first field" and the "second field". For another example, if the description object is a "level", the ordinal number before the "level" in the "first level" and the "second level" does not limit the priority between the "levels". For another example, the number of description objects is not limited by the ordinal number and can be one or more. Taking "first device" as an example, the number of "devices" can be one or more. In addition, the objects modified by different prefixes can be the same or different. For example, if the description object is "device", then the "first device" and the "second device" can be the same device or different devices, and their types can be the same or different. For another example, if the description object is "information", then the "first category of information" and the "second category of information" can be the same information or different information, and their contents can be the same or different.
在一些实施例中,“包括A”、“包含A”、“用于指示A”、“携带A”,可以解释为直接携带A,也可以解释为间接指示A。In some embodiments, “including A,” “comprising A,” “used to indicate A,” and “carrying A” can be interpreted as directly carrying A or indirectly indicating A.
在一些实施例中,“……”、“确定……”、“在……的情况下”、“在……时”、“当……时”、“若……”、“如果……”等术语可以相互替换。In some embodiments, terms such as "...", "determine...", "in the case of...", "at the time of...", "when...", "if...", "if...", etc. can be used interchangeably.
在一些实施例中,“大于”、“大于或等于”、“不小于”、“多于”、“多于或等于”、“不少于”、“高于”、“高于或等于”、“不低于”、“以上”等术语可以相互替换,“小于”、“小于或等于”、“不大于”、“少于”、“少于或等于”、“不多于”、“低于”、“低于或等于”、“不高于”、“以下”等术语可以相互替换。In some embodiments, terms such as "greater than", "greater than or equal to", "not less than", "more than", "more than or equal to", "not less than", "higher than", "higher than or equal to", "not less than", and "above" can be replaced with each other, and terms such as "less than", "less than or equal to", "not greater than", "less than", "less than or equal to", "not more than", "lower than", "lower than or equal to", "not higher than", and "below" can be replaced with each other.
在一些实施例中,装置等可以解释为实体的、也可以解释为虚拟的,其名称不限定于实施例中所记载的名称,“装置”、“设备(equipment)”、“设备(device)”、“电路”、“网元”、“节点”、“功能”、“单元”、“部件(section)”、“系统”、“网络”、“芯片”、“芯片系统”、“实体”、“主体”等术语可以相互替换。In some embodiments, devices, etc. can be interpreted as physical or virtual, and their names are not limited to the names recorded in the embodiments. Terms such as "device", "equipment", "device", "circuit", "network element", "node", "function", "unit", "section", "system", "network", "chip", "chip system", "entity", and "subject" can be used interchangeably.
在一些实施例中,“网络”可以解释为网络中包含的装置(例如,接入网设备、核心网设备等)。In some embodiments, "network" can be interpreted as devices included in the network (eg, access network equipment, core network equipment, etc.).
在一些实施例中,“接入网设备(access network device,AN device)”、“无线接入网设备(radio access network device,RAN device)”、“基站(base station,BS)”、“无线基站(radio base station)”、“固定台(fixed station)”、“节点(node)”、“接入点(access point)”、“发送点(transmission point,TP)”、“接收点(reception point,RP)”、“发送接收点(transmission/reception point,TRP)”、“面板(panel)”、“天线面板(antenna panel)”、“天线阵列(antenna array)”、“小区(cell)”、“宏小区(macro cell)”、“小型小区(small cell)”、“毫微微小区(femto cell)”、“微微小区(pico cell)”、“扇区(sector)”、“小区组(cell group)”、“服务小区”、“小区(carrier)”、“分量小区(component carrier)”、“带宽部分(bandwidth part,BWP)”等术语可以相互替换。In some embodiments, the terms “access network device (AN device)”, “radio access network device (RAN device)”, “base station (BS)”, “radio base station”, “fixed station”, “node”, “access point”, “transmission point (TP)”, “reception point (RP)”, “transmission/reception point (TRP)”, “panel”, “antenna panel”, “antenna array”, “cell”, “macro cell”, “small cell”, “femto cell”, “pico cell”, “sector”, “cell group”, “serving cell”, “carrier”, “component carrier”, and “bandwidth part (BWP)” may be used interchangeably.
在一些实施例中,“终端(terminal)”、“终端设备(terminal device)”、“用户设备(user equipment,UE)”、“用户终端(user terminal)”、“移动台(mobile station,MS)”、“移动终端(mobile terminal,MT)”、订户站(subscriber station)、移动单元(mobile unit)、订户单元(subscriber unit)、无线单元(wireless unit)、远程单元(remote unit)、移动设备(mobile device)、无线设备(wireless device)、无线通信设备(wireless communication device)、远程设备(remote device)、移动订户站(mobile subscriber station)、接入终端(access terminal)、移动终端(mobile terminal)、无线终端(wireless terminal)、远程终端(remote terminal)、手持设备(handset)、用户代理(user agent)、移动客户端(mobile client)、客户端(client)等术语可以相互替换。 In some embodiments, the terms "terminal", "terminal device", "user equipment (UE)", "user terminal", "mobile station (MS)", "mobile terminal (MT)", subscriber station, mobile unit, subscriber unit, wireless unit, remote unit, mobile device, wireless device, wireless communication device, remote device, mobile subscriber station, access terminal, mobile terminal, wireless terminal, remote terminal, handset, user agent, mobile client, client, etc. can be used interchangeably.
在一些实施例中,接入网设备、核心网设备、或网络设备可以被替换为终端。例如,针对将接入网设备、核心网设备、或网络设备以及终端间的通信置换为多个终端间的通信(例如,设备对设备(device-to-device,D2D)、车联网(vehicle-to-everything,V2X)等)的结构,也可以应用本公开的各实施例。在该情况下,也可以设为终端具有接入网设备所具有的全部或部分功能的结构。此外,“上行”、“下行”等术语也可以被替换为与终端间通信对应的术语(例如,“侧行(side)”)。例如,上行信道、下行信道等可以被替换为侧行信道,上行链路、下行链路等可以被替换为侧行链路。In some embodiments, the access network device, the core network device, or the network device can be replaced by a terminal. For example, the various embodiments of the present disclosure can also be applied to a structure in which the communication between the access network device, the core network device, or the network device and the terminal is replaced by communication between multiple terminals (for example, device-to-device (D2D), vehicle-to-everything (V2X), etc.). In this case, it is also possible to set the structure in which the terminal has all or part of the functions of the access network device. In addition, terms such as "uplink" and "downlink" can also be replaced by terms corresponding to communication between terminals (for example, "side"). For example, uplink channels, downlink channels, etc. can be replaced by side channels, and uplinks, downlinks, etc. can be replaced by side links.
在一些实施例中,终端可以被替换为接入网设备、核心网设备、或网络设备。在该情况下,也可以设为接入网设备、核心网设备、或网络设备具有终端所具有的全部或部分功能的结构。In some embodiments, the terminal may be replaced by an access network device, a core network device, or a network device. In this case, the access network device, the core network device, or the network device may have a structure that has all or part of the functions of the terminal.
在一些实施例中,获取数据、信息等可以遵照所在地国家的法律法规。In some embodiments, obtaining data, information, etc. may comply with the laws and regulations of the country where the data is obtained.
在一些实施例中,可以在得到用户同意后获取数据、信息等。In some embodiments, data, information, etc. may be obtained with the user's consent.
此外,本公开实施例的表格中的每一元素、每一行、或每一列均可以作为独立实施例来实施,任意元素、任意行、任意列的组合也可以作为独立实施例来实施。In addition, each element, each row, or each column in the table of the embodiment of the present disclosure can be implemented as an independent embodiment, and the combination of any elements, any rows, and any columns can also be implemented as an independent embodiment.
图1A是根据本公开实施例示出的通信系统的架构示意图。FIG1A is a schematic diagram showing the architecture of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
如图1A所示,通信系统100包括终端(terminal)101以及网络设备102。网络设备102可包括接入网设备和/或核心网设备。As shown in Figure 1A, a communication system 100 includes a terminal 101 and a network device 102. The network device 102 may include an access network device and/or a core network device.
在一些实施例中,终端101例如包括手机(mobile phone)、可穿戴设备、物联网设备、具备通信功能的汽车、智能汽车、平板电脑(Pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)终端设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端设备、无人驾驶(self-driving)中的无线终端设备、远程手术(remote medical surgery)中的无线终端设备、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端设备、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端设备、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端设备、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端设备中的至少一者,但不限于此。In some embodiments, the terminal 101 includes, for example, a mobile phone, a wearable device, an Internet of Things device, a car with communication function, a smart car, a tablet computer, a computer with wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (AR) terminal device, a wireless terminal device in industrial control, a wireless terminal device in self-driving, a wireless terminal device in remote medical surgery, a wireless terminal device in a smart grid, a wireless terminal device in transportation safety, a wireless terminal device in a smart city, and at least one of a wireless terminal device in a smart home, but is not limited thereto.
在一些实施例中,终端又称为用户设备(User Equipment,UE)。In some embodiments, the terminal is also referred to as user equipment (UE).
在一些实施例中,接入网设备例如可以是将终端接入到无线网络的节点或设备,接入网设备可以包括5G通信系统中的演进节点B(evolved NodeB,eNB)、下一代演进节点B(next generation eNB,ng-eNB)、下一代节点B(next generation NodeB,gNB)、节点B(node B,NB)、家庭节点B(home node B,HNB)、家庭演进节点B(home evolved nodeB,HeNB)、无线回传设备、无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、基带单元(base band unit,BBU)、移动交换中心、6G通信系统中的基站、开放型基站(Open RAN)、云基站(Cloud RAN)、其他通信系统中的基站、Wi-Fi系统中的接入节点中的至少一者,但不限于此。In some embodiments, the access network device may be, for example, a node or device that accesses a terminal to a wireless network. The access network device may include an evolved Node B (eNB), a next generation evolved Node B (ng-eNB), a next generation Node B (gNB), a node B (NB), a home node B (HNB), a home evolved node B (HeNB), a wireless backhaul device, a radio network controller (RNC), a base station controller (BSC), a base transceiver station (BTS), a base band unit (BBU), a mobile switching center, a base station in a 6G communication system, an open base station (Open RAN), a cloud base station (Cloud RAN), a base station in other communication systems, and at least one of an access node in a Wi-Fi system, but is not limited thereto.
在一些实施例中,本公开的技术方式可适用于Open RAN架构,此时,本公开实施例所涉及的接入网设备间或者接入网设备内的接口可变为Open RAN的内部接口,这些内部接口之间的流程和信息交互可以通过软件或者程序实现。In some embodiments, the technical approach of the present disclosure may be applicable to the Open RAN architecture. In this case, the interfaces between or within the access network devices involved in the embodiments of the present disclosure may become internal interfaces of Open RAN, and the processes and information interactions between these internal interfaces may be implemented through software or programs.
在一些实施例中,接入网设备可以由集中单元(central unit,CU)与分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)组成的,其中,CU也可以称为控制单元(control unit),采用CU-DU的结构可以将接入网设备的协议层拆分开,部分协议层的功能放在CU集中控制,剩下部分或全部协议层的功能分布在DU中,由CU集中控制DU,但不限于此。In some embodiments, the access network device may be composed of a centralized unit (CU) and a distributed unit (DU), where the CU may also be called a control unit. The CU-DU structure may be used to split the protocol layers of the access network device, with some functions of the protocol layers centrally controlled by the CU, and the remaining functions of some or all of the protocol layers distributed in the DU, which is centrally controlled by the CU, but is not limited to this.
在一些实施例中,核心网设备可以是一个设备,包括第一网元等,也可以是多个设备或设备群,分别包括第一网元。网元可以是虚拟的,也可以是实体的。核心网例如包括演进分组核心(Evolved Packet Core,EPC)、5G核心网络(5G Core Network,5GCN)、下一代核心(Next Generation Core,NGC)中的至少一者。In some embodiments, the core network device may be a single device including a first network element, or may be multiple devices or a group of devices, each including a first network element. The network element may be virtual or physical. The core network may include, for example, at least one of an Evolved Packet Core (EPC), a 5G Core Network (5GCN), and a Next Generation Core (NGC).
可以理解的是,本公开实施例描述的通信系统是为了更加清楚的说明本公开实施例的技术方式,并不构成对于本公开实施例提供的技术方式的限定,本领域普通技术人员可知,随着系统架构的演变和新业务场景的出现,本公开实施例提供的技术方式对于类似的技术问题同样适用。It can be understood that the communication system described in the embodiment of the present disclosure is for the purpose of more clearly illustrating the technical approach of the embodiment of the present disclosure, and does not constitute a limitation on the technical approach provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure. Ordinary technicians in this field can know that with the evolution of the system architecture and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical approach provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure is also applicable to similar technical problems.
下述本公开实施例可以应用于图1A所示的通信系统100、或部分主体,但不限于此。图1A所示的各主体是例示,通信系统可以包括图1A中的全部或部分主体,也可以包括图1A以外的其他主体,各主体数量和形态为任意,各主体之间的连接关系是例示,各主体之间可以不连接也可以连接,其连接可以是任意方式,可以是直接连接也可以是间接连接,可以是有线连接也可以是无线连接。The following embodiments of the present disclosure may be applied to the communication system 100 shown in FIG1A , or a portion thereof, but are not limited thereto. The entities shown in FIG1A are illustrative only. The communication system may include all or part of the entities shown in FIG1A , or may include other entities other than those shown in FIG1A . The number and form of the entities may be arbitrary. The connection relationship between the entities is illustrative only. The entities may be connected or disconnected, and the connection may be in any manner, including direct or indirect, wired or wireless.
本公开各实施例可以应用于长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)、LTE-Advanced(LTE-A)、LTE-Beyond(LTE-B)、SUPER 3G、IMT-Advanced、第四代移动通信系统(4th generation mobile communication system,4G)、)、第五代移动通信系统(5th generation mobile communication system,5G)、5G新空口(new radio,NR)、未来无线接入(Future Radio Access,FRA)、新无线接入技术(New-Radio Access Technology,RAT)、新无线(New Radio,NR)、新无线接入(New radio access,NX)、未来一代无线接入(Future generation radio access,FX)、Global System for Mobile communications(GSM(注册商标))、CDMA2000、超移动宽带(Ultra Mobile Broadband,UMB)、IEEE 802.11(Wi-Fi(注册商标))、IEEE 802.16(WiMAX(注册商标))、IEEE 802.20、超宽带(Ultra-WideBand,UWB)、蓝牙(Bluetooth(注册商标))、陆上公用移动通信网(Public Land Mobile Network,PLMN)网络、设备到设备(Device-to-Device,D2D)系统、机器到机器(Machine to Machine,M2M)系统、物联网(Internet of Things,IoT)系统、车联网(Vehicle-to-Everything,V2X)、利用其他资源的配置方法的系统、基于它们而扩展的下一代系统等。此外,也可以将多个系统组合(例如,LTE和NR的组合)。The embodiments of the present disclosure can be applied to Long Term Evolution (LTE), LTE-Advanced (LTE-A), LTE-Beyond (LTE-B), SUPER 3G, IMT-Advanced, and the fourth generation mobile communication system. communication system (4G), fifth generation mobile communication system (5G), 5G new radio (NR), future radio access (FRA), new radio access technology (RAT), new radio (NR), new radio access (NX), future generation radio access (FX), Global System for Mobile communications (GSM (registered trademark)), CDMA2000, Ultra Mobile Broadband (UMB), IEEE 802.11 (Wi-Fi (registered trademark)), IEEE 802.16 (WiMAX (registered trademark)), IEEE 802.20, ultra-wideband (UWB), Bluetooth (registered trademark), public land mobile network (PLMN) network, device-to-device (D2D) system, machine to machine (M2M) Machine (M2M) systems, Internet of Things (IoT) systems, Vehicle-to-Everything (V2X) systems, systems using configuration methods for other resources, and next-generation systems based on and extending these systems. Furthermore, multiple systems can also be combined (for example, a combination of LTE and NR).
在按需(on-demand)SSB和/或SIB1技术中,SSB和/或SIB1不再周期性发送,而是根据支持NES功能的终端(NES UE)的需求进行发送,具体流程如图1B所示:基站停止周期性发送SSB和/或SIB1,处于NES状态;基站接收到第一信号,第一信号可为UE发送的唤醒信号(Wake up signal,WUS)信号或来自其他小区发送的小区开启指示(cell on indication)或小区关闭信号(Cell off indication)、或来自其他cell的小区激活信令(Scell activation signaling)和/或小区去激活信号(Scell deactivation signaling)信号中的一种或者多种信号。基站第一信号后可进入非NES状态,在进入到NES状态之后的一定延时后发送SSB和/或SIB1。示例性地,网络设备并在发送一次或多次SSB突发集(SSB突发集(burst))后,停止发送SSB和/或SIB1(回归NES状态)。In on-demand SSB and/or SIB1 technology, SSB and/or SIB1 are no longer sent periodically, but are instead sent based on the needs of NES-enabled UEs (NES UEs). The specific process is shown in Figure 1B : The base station stops periodically sending SSB and/or SIB1 and enters the NES state. The base station receives a first signal, which can be one or more of a wake-up signal (WUS) sent by the UE, a cell on indication (cell on indication) or cell off indication (cell off indication) sent from another cell, or cell activation signaling (Scell activation signaling) and/or cell deactivation signaling (Scell deactivation signaling) from another cell. After receiving the first signal, the base station enters the non-NES state and sends SSB and/or SIB1 after a certain delay after entering the NES state. Exemplarily, the network device stops sending SSB and/or SIB1 (returns to the NES state) after sending one or more SSB burst sets (SSB burst sets (burst)).
适用于传统(legacy)UE以及NES UE。网络周期性发送SSB突发集(burst)的发送周期包括5ms、10ms、20ms、40ms、80ms、160ms。SSB突发集(burst)在一帧(10ms)的前半帧(前5ms)或后半帧(后5ms)上发送。SSB突发集(burst)内最大的波束数量与分量载波(carrier component,CC)所在频段有关,3GHz以下的频段,3GHz-6GHz的频段,6GHz以上的频段的最大数量分别为4、8、64。一种SSB图样示例如图1C。在图1C中,SSB突发集(burst)包含8个SSB,在前半帧内发送,SSB周期为10ms。如图1D所示,SSB突发集(burst)中的SSB会在不同波束方向发送。在UE接入小区后,UE已确定了最优的SSB波束。在最优SSB波束方向中UE成功接收并解调SSB后,可获取搜索空间(searchSpace#0)的时频位置。UE在searchSpace#0上盲检调度系统信息块(System Information Block,SIB)传输的下行控制信息(Dwonlink Control Information,DCI),用以接收并解调SIB1。Applicable to both legacy UEs and NES UEs. The network periodically transmits SSB bursts with transmission periods of 5ms, 10ms, 20ms, 40ms, 80ms, and 160ms. SSB bursts are sent in the first half (first 5ms) or second half (last 5ms) of a 10ms frame. The maximum number of beams within an SSB burst depends on the frequency band of the component carrier (CC). The maximum number of beams within an SSB burst is 4 for bands below 3 GHz, 8 for bands between 3 GHz and 6 GHz, and 64 for bands above 6 GHz, respectively. An example of an SSB pattern is shown in Figure 1C. In Figure 1C, an SSB burst contains 8 SSBs, transmitted in the first half of the frame, with an SSB period of 10ms. As shown in Figure 1D, the SSBs within the SSB burst are transmitted in different beam directions. After a UE accesses a cell, it has determined the optimal SSB beam. After successfully receiving and demodulating the SSB in the optimal SSB beam direction, the UE obtains the time-frequency location of search space #0. The UE blindly detects the downlink control information (DCI) transmitted in the scheduling system information block (SIB) in search Space #0 to receive and demodulate SIB1.
如图2A所示,本公开实施例提供一种信息处理方法,由通信系统执行。该信息处理方法可包括:As shown in FIG2A , an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is executed by a communication system. The information processing method may include:
S2101:UE向第一网络设备发送第一信号。S2101: The UE sends a first signal to a first network device.
在一些实施例中,第一网络设备可为第一小区的接入网设备。In some embodiments, the first network device may be an access network device of the first cell.
在一些实施例中,第一信号用于请求或指示第一小区在第一状态和第二状态之间切换。In some embodiments, the first signal is used to request or instruct the first cell to switch between the first state and the second state.
在一些实施例中,第一信号用于请求或指示第一小区处于第一状态或第二状态。In some embodiments, the first signal is used to request or indicate that the first cell is in the first state or the second state.
在一些实施例中,第一信号可包括但不限于UE发送的WUS。In some embodiments, the first signal may include but is not limited to a WUS sent by the UE.
在一些实施例中,WUS信号可用于请求第一小区处于第一状态或第二状态。WUS可用于请求(触发)第一小区从第一状态退出。在一些实施例中,第一状态可为NES状态。在一些实施例中,第一小区退出第一状态之后将进入到第二状态。示例性地,第二状态可为非NES状态。WUS可用于请求(触发)第一小区进入到第二状态。In some embodiments, the WUS signal may be used to request that the first cell be in the first state or the second state. The WUS may be used to request (trigger) the first cell to exit the first state. In some embodiments, the first state may be the NES state. In some embodiments, after exiting the first state, the first cell enters the second state. For example, the second state may be the non-NES state. The WUS may be used to request (trigger) the first cell to enter the second state.
在一些实施例中,第一小区处于NES状态时,第一小区暂停或者停止发送公共信号。在一些实施例中,该公共信号可包括但不限于SSB、SIB、小区公共PDCCH发送的信号、小区级别的参考信号等其中一个或多个。In some embodiments, when the first cell is in the NES state, the first cell suspends or stops sending a common signal. In some embodiments, the common signal may include but is not limited to one or more of an SSB, a SIB, a signal sent by a cell-common PDCCH, a cell-level reference signal, and the like.
在一些实施例中,第一小区退出NES状态进入到非NES状态时,则第一小区将恢复公共信号的发送。In some embodiments, when the first cell exits the NES state and enters the non-NES state, the first cell will resume sending the public signal.
在一些实施例中,第一小区在第一状态下第一小区不执行第一传输,和/或,第一小区在第二状态下执行第一传输。In some embodiments, the first cell does not perform the first transmission in the first state, and/or the first cell performs the first transmission in the second state.
在一些实施例中,第一小区处于第一状态下的能耗低于第一小区处于第二状态下的能耗。In some embodiments, the energy consumption of the first cell in the first state is lower than the energy consumption of the first cell in the second state.
在一些实施例中,第一小区执行第一传输可包括但不限于以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the first cell performing the first transmission may include but is not limited to at least one of the following:
第一小区发送下行信号;The first cell sends a downlink signal;
第一小区发送下行数据;The first cell sends downlink data;
第一小区接收上行信号;The first cell receives an uplink signal;
第一小区接收上行数据。 The first cell receives uplink data.
在一些实施例中,下行信号可包括但不限于:下行公共信号、下行终端专用信号。In some embodiments, the downlink signal may include, but is not limited to, a downlink common signal and a downlink terminal-specific signal.
在一些实施例中,下行数据可包括但不限于:物理下行共享信道(Physical Downlink Shared Channel,PDSCH)发送的数据和/或随机接入响应。In some embodiments, downlink data may include but is not limited to: data sent by the Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) and/or random access responses.
在一些实施例中,上行信号可包括但不限于:上行定位参考信号和/或探测参考信号。In some embodiments, the uplink signal may include, but is not limited to, an uplink positioning reference signal and/or a sounding reference signal.
在一些实施例中,上行数据可包括但不限于:物理上行共享信道(Physical Uplink Shared Channel,PUSCH)发送的数据和/或随机接入请求。In some embodiments, uplink data may include but is not limited to: data and/or random access requests sent by the Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH).
S2102:第一网络设备向UE发送第二信号。S2102: The first network device sends a second signal to the UE.
在一些实施例中,第一网络设备根据第一信号确定控制第一小区退出第一状态时,向UE发送第二信号。In some embodiments, when the first network device determines to control the first cell to exit the first state according to the first signal, it sends a second signal to the UE.
在一些实施例中,第一网络设备根据第一信号确定控制第一小区进入第二状态时,向UE发送第二信号。In some embodiments, when the first network device determines to control the first cell to enter the second state according to the first signal, the first network device sends a second signal to the UE.
在一些实施例中,第二信号可为确认信号。在一些实施例中,第二信号可为确认字符(Acknowledgement Character,ACK)。In some embodiments, the second signal may be an acknowledgment signal. In some embodiments, the second signal may be an acknowledgment character (ACK).
在一些实施例中,S2102可为可选步骤。例如,第一网络设备将默认根据第一信号控制第一小区的状态切换,则从节省信令开销的考虑等,可以省略S2102。In some embodiments, S2102 may be an optional step. For example, if the first network device controls the state switching of the first cell according to the first signal by default, S2102 may be omitted in order to save signaling overhead.
S2103:第一网络设备或UE分别确定第一小区执行第一传输的时段。S2103: The first network device or the UE respectively determines a time period in which the first cell performs the first transmission.
在一些实施例中,第一网络设备或UE确定第一小区执行第一传输最早时刻和/或最晚时刻。In some embodiments, the first network device or UE determines the earliest time and/or the latest time for the first cell to perform the first transmission.
在一些实施例中,最早时刻可以根据第一网络设备从第一状态切换到第二状态所需的切换时刻确定。In some embodiments, the earliest time may be determined based on a switching time required for the first network device to switch from the first state to the second state.
在一些实施例中,最早时刻可以根据UE是否可以参与第一网络设备执行的第一传输对应的操作所需的时间确定。In some embodiments, the earliest time may be determined based on the time required for the UE to participate in the operation corresponding to the first transmission performed by the first network device.
在一些实施例中,最晚时刻可以根据预设时间偏移量确定。In some embodiments, the latest time may be determined according to a preset time offset.
在一些实施例中,确定时间单元n+k为第一小区执行第一传输的最晚时刻。In some embodiments, the time unit n+k is determined to be the latest time when the first cell performs the first transmission.
在一些实施例中,n与第一信号相关。在一些实施例中,k为时域偏移量。In some embodiments, n is related to the first signal. In some embodiments, k is a time domain offset.
在一些实施例中,n与第一信号的传输时刻相关。示例性地,n与第一信号的发送时刻所在时间单元的索引或标识。In some embodiments, n is related to the transmission time of the first signal. For example, n is the index or identifier of the time unit in which the transmission time of the first signal is located.
在一些实施例中,n与第一信号关联的第二信号的传输时刻相关。该第二信号为第一信号的反馈信号。该反馈信号可包括确认信号和/或否认信号。例如,第一网络设备确定不根据第一信号控制第一小区的状态切换时,第一网络设备可向UE发送否认信号。In some embodiments, n is related to the transmission time of a second signal associated with the first signal. The second signal is a feedback signal of the first signal. The feedback signal may include an acknowledgment signal and/or a denial signal. For example, when the first network device determines not to control the state switching of the first cell based on the first signal, the first network device may send a denial signal to the UE.
在一些实施例中,该时间单元可包括但不限于时隙、微时隙、子帧或符号。示例性地,n+k可为时间单元的索引或者标识。In some embodiments, the time unit may include but is not limited to a time slot, a mini-time slot, a subframe, or a symbol. Exemplarily, n+k may be an index or identifier of the time unit.
在一些实施例中,根据第一信号的接收时刻或发送时刻,确定n。In some embodiments, n is determined based on the reception time or the transmission time of the first signal.
示例性地,第一网络设备根据第一信号的接收时刻确定n。Exemplarily, the first network device determines n according to a reception time of the first signal.
示例性地,UE根据第一信号的发送时刻确定n。Exemplarily, the UE determines n based on the sending time of the first signal.
在一些实施例中,根据第二信号的发送时刻或接收时刻确定n。示例性地,第一网络设备根据第二信号的发送时刻确定n。又示例性地,UE根据第二信号的接收时刻确定n。In some embodiments, n is determined based on the time when the second signal is sent or received. For example, the first network device determines n based on the time when the second signal is sent. For another example, the UE determines n based on the time when the second signal is received.
在一些实施例中,确定第一小区执行第一传输的最晚时刻,包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, determining the latest time at which the first cell performs the first transmission includes at least one of the following:
根据第一信号的信号类型,确定k;determining k according to a signal type of the first signal;
根据第一小区使用的频率范围,确定k;Determine k according to a frequency range used by the first cell;
根据第一小区是否为UE的已知小区,确定k;Determining k according to whether the first cell is a known cell of the UE;
根据第一小区的层3测量周期,确定k;Determine k according to the layer 3 measurement period of the first cell;
根据第一小区是否有配置同步信号广播块SSB的测量间隔,确定k;Determine k according to whether the first cell has a measurement interval configured with a synchronization signal broadcast block SSB;
根据UE是否有配置多个辅小区,确定k;Determine k based on whether the UE is configured with multiple secondary cells;
根据UE配置的辅小区个数,确定k;Determine k based on the number of secondary cells configured by the UE;
根据第一小区是否有配置第三信号,确定k;Determine k according to whether the first cell is configured with a third signal;
根据第一小区中第四信号的配置方式,确定k;Determine k according to a configuration mode of the fourth signal in the first cell;
根据UE的接收功率,确定k;Determine k based on the UE's received power;
根据UE是否有激活与第一小区同频的第三小区,确定k;Determine k based on whether the UE has activated a third cell with the same frequency as the first cell;
根据UE激活的与第一小区同频的第三小区使用的频率范围,确定k;Determine k based on a frequency range used by a third cell activated by the UE and having the same frequency as the first cell;
根据UE的激活服务小区使用的频率范围,确定k;Determine k based on the frequency range used by the activated serving cell of the UE;
根据UE在第一频率范围上是否有激活的服务小区,确定k; Determine k based on whether the UE has an activated serving cell in the first frequency range;
根据UE在第一频率范围上激活的服务小区个数,确定k;Determine k according to the number of serving cells activated by the UE in the first frequency range;
根据第一小区配置的SSB的结构,确定k;Determine k according to the structure of the SSB configured in the first cell;
根据第一小区配置的SSB使用的发送图样,确定k;Determine k according to a transmission pattern used by the SSB configured in the first cell;
根据第一小区配置的SSB使用的功率控制参数,确定k;Determine k according to a power control parameter used by the SSB configured in the first cell;
根据UE是否具有第一需求,确定k。k is determined according to whether the UE has the first requirement.
在一些实施例中,第一信号的信号类型包括:唤醒信号、第一指示和/或第二指示。In some embodiments, the signal type of the first signal includes: a wake-up signal, a first indication, and/or a second indication.
唤醒信号WUS;WUS信号用于请求或指示第一小区退出节能的第一状态,或进入到节能的第一状态;Wake-up signal WUS; the WUS signal is used to request or instruct the first cell to exit the first energy-saving state or enter the first energy-saving state;
第一指示用于指示第一小区开启或关闭。同时第一指示还被复用于指示或请求第一小区出第一状态或第二状态The first indication is used to indicate whether the first cell is turned on or off. At the same time, the first indication is also reused to indicate or request the first cell to be in the first state or the second state.
示例性地,第一小区关闭或开启的状态下都可对应于第一状态和第二状态。Exemplarily, the first cell being turned off or on may correspond to the first state and the second state.
第二指示用于指示第一小区激活或去激活。同时第二指示,还可被复用于指示或请求第一小区进入或退出第一状态。在第一小区激活或去激活都可以对应于第一状态和/或第二状态。The second indication is used to indicate activation or deactivation of the first cell. The second indication can also be multiplexed to indicate or request the first cell to enter or exit the first state. Activation or deactivation of the first cell can correspond to the first state and/or the second state.
示例性地,第一指示可包括但不限于:小区开启指示(Cell on indication)和/或小区关闭指示(Cell off indication)。Exemplarily, the first indication may include but is not limited to: a cell on indication (Cell on indication) and/or a cell off indication (Cell off indication).
又示例性地,该第二指示可包括但不限于第一小区作为辅小区时的(Scell activation signaling)和/或小区去激活指示(Scell deactivation signaling)。As another example, the second indication may include but is not limited to (Scell activation signaling) when the first cell serves as a secondary cell and/or a cell deactivation indication (Scell deactivation signaling).
示例性地,WUS信号可用于请求第一小区处于第一状态和/或第二状态;WUS信号可用于请求第一小区处于第一状态或第二状态。WUS可用于请求(触发)第一小区从第一状态退出。在一些实施例中,第一状态可为NES状态。在一些实施例中,第一小区退出第一状态之后将进入到第二状态。示例性地,第二状态可为非NES状态。WUS可用于请求(触发)第一小区进入到第二状态。Exemplarily, the WUS signal may be used to request that the first cell be in the first state and/or the second state; the WUS signal may be used to request that the first cell be in the first state or the second state. The WUS may be used to request (trigger) the first cell to exit the first state. In some embodiments, the first state may be an NES state. In some embodiments, after exiting the first state, the first cell enters the second state. Exemplarily, the second state may be a non-NES state. The WUS may be used to request (trigger) the first cell to enter the second state.
示例性地,第一指示可包括但不限于:小区开启指示(Cell on indication)和/或小区关闭指示(Cell off indication)。第一指示可指示小区开启且小区处于第一状态;第一指示可指示小区开启且小区处于第二状态;第一指示可指示小区关闭且小区处于第一状态;第一指示可指示小区关闭且小区处于第二状态。For example, the first indication may include, but is not limited to, a cell on indication and/or a cell off indication. The first indication may indicate that the cell is on and the cell is in a first state; the first indication may indicate that the cell is on and the cell is in a second state; the first indication may indicate that the cell is off and the cell is in the first state; and the first indication may indicate that the cell is off and the cell is in the second state.
示例性地,该第二指示可包括但不限于第一小区作为辅小区时的(Scell activation signaling)和/或小区去激活指示(Scell deactivation signaling)。第二指示可指示小区激活,且小区处于第一状态;第二指示可指示小区去激活,且小区处于第二状态;第二指示可指示小区激活,且小区处于第一状态;第二指示可指示小区去激活,且小区处于第二状态。Illustratively, the second indication may include, but is not limited to, Scell activation signaling when the first cell serves as a secondary cell and/or a cell deactivation signaling. The second indication may indicate that the cell is activated and the cell is in a first state; the second indication may indicate that the cell is deactivated and the cell is in a second state; the second indication may indicate that the cell is activated and the cell is in the first state; and the second indication may indicate that the cell is deactivated and the cell is in the second state.
在一些实施例中,不同类型的第一信号对应的k不同。示例性地,在本公开实施例中,该第一信号可为WUS,则根据WUS确定k。In some embodiments, different types of first signals correspond to different k. For example, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, the first signal may be a WUS, and k is determined according to the WUS.
在一些实施例中,示例性地,根据第一小区的层3测量周期的时间范围确定k。不同的时间范围可与不同的k值具有预设对应关系。In some embodiments, k is determined, for example, based on a time range of a layer 3 measurement period of the first cell. Different time ranges may have a preset correspondence with different k values.
在一些实施例中,第一小区是否配置SMTC确定k。例如,第一小区有配置SMTC和没有配置SMTC对应的k不同。In some embodiments, k is determined by whether the first cell is configured with SMTC. For example, k is different if the first cell is configured with SMTC or not.
在一些实施例中,第一小区是UE的已知小区和第一小区是UE的未知小区,对应的k不同。In some embodiments, the first cell is a known cell of the UE and the first cell is an unknown cell of the UE, and the corresponding k is different.
在一些实施例中,根据第一小区的层3测量周期,确定k,包括以下至少之一:根据第一小区的SSB的层3测量周期,确定k;In some embodiments, determining k based on a layer 3 measurement period of the first cell comprises at least one of the following: determining k based on a layer 3 measurement period of an SSB of the first cell;
根据第一小区的信道状态信息-参考信号CSI-RS的层3测量周期,确定k。k is determined according to a layer 3 measurement period of a channel state information-reference signal CSI-RS of the first cell.
此处,第一小区的SSB的层3测量周期可为第一小区进入到第一小区之前的小区配置中配置的周期,或者,由第二小区为第一小区配置的周期。Here, the layer 3 measurement period of the SSB of the first cell may be a period configured in the cell configuration before the first cell enters the first cell, or a period configured by the second cell for the first cell.
示例性地,该CSI-RS的层3测量周期可为第一小区进入到第一小区之前的小区配置中配置的周期,或者,由第二小区为第一小区配置的周期。Exemplarily, the layer 3 measurement period of the CSI-RS may be a period configured in the cell configuration before the first cell enters the first cell, or a period configured by the second cell for the first cell.
非周期的参考信号可包括但不限于动态配置(或调度)的参考信号。Aperiodic reference signals may include, but are not limited to, dynamically configured (or scheduled) reference signals.
在一些实施例中,第三信号可包括但不限于各种非周期的信号。In some embodiments, the third signal may include, but is not limited to, various non-periodic signals.
在一些实施例中,第三信号可为指定功能的信号,示例性地,该第三信号可包括但不限于TRS。In some embodiments, the third signal may be a signal of a designated function. For example, the third signal may include but is not limited to TRS.
在一些实施例中,非周期的参考信号包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the non-periodic reference signal includes at least one of the following:
非周期的CSI-RS;Aperiodic CSI-RS;
非周期的跟踪参考信号TRS。Aperiodic tracking reference signal TRS.
示例性地,非周期的CSI-RS可包括但不限于动态配置(或调度)的CSI-RS。For example, the aperiodic CSI-RS may include but is not limited to a dynamically configured (or scheduled) CSI-RS.
又示例性地,非周期的TRS可包括但不限于动态配置(或调度)的TRS。 As another example, the non-periodic TRS may include but is not limited to a dynamically configured (or scheduled) TRS.
在另一些实施例中,非周期的参考信号还可包括但不限于非周期的解调参考信号(Demodulation reference signal,DMRS)。In other embodiments, the non-periodic reference signal may also include but is not limited to a non-periodic demodulation reference signal (DMRS).
在一些实施例中,第四信号的配置方式包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the configuration of the fourth signal includes at least one of the following:
第四信号的周期性配置;a periodic configuration of a fourth signal;
第四信号的半持续配置;a semi-persistent configuration of the fourth signal;
第四信号的动态配置。Dynamic configuration of the fourth signal.
在一些实施例中,第四信号的不同配置方式可具有相同或者不同的K。在一些实施例中,该第四信号可包括但不限于CSI-RS、SSB和/或DMRS等。In some embodiments, different configurations of the fourth signal may have the same or different K. In some embodiments, the fourth signal may include but is not limited to CSI-RS, SSB and/or DMRS.
在一些实施例中,根据UE的接收功率,确定k包括:In some embodiments, determining k based on the received power of the UE includes:
根据是否符合确定k;用于指示指定信号在一个资源单元RE上的接收功率;Iot为UE在一个RE上的噪声与干扰的接收功率之和;X为任意实数。According to whether Determine k; It is used to indicate the received power of a specified signal on a resource unit RE; Iot is the sum of the received power of noise and interference of the UE on a RE; X is an arbitrary real number.
在一些实施例中,根据UE的接收功率,确定k还可包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, determining k based on the received power of the UE may further include at least one of the following:
根据UE支持的最小接收功率确定k;Determine k based on the minimum received power supported by the UE;
根据UE支持的接收功率等级确定k。k is determined according to the receiving power level supported by the UE.
在一些实施例中,频率范围可包括FR1和/或FR2。在一些实施例中,FR2又可以包括FR2-1。In some embodiments, the frequency range may include FR1 and/or FR2. In some embodiments, FR2 may further include FR2-1.
在一些实施例中,UE载波聚合或者双连接,则UE可能具有多个辅小区且第一小区为UE的辅小区时,可根据UE是否还存在其他与第一小区属于同频率范围的辅小区,确定k。示例性地,若UE还具有其他与第一小区同频率范围的辅小区(即第三小区)则k可适当减小。又示例性地,若UE不具有其他与第一小区同频率范围的辅小区(即第三小区)则k可适当增大。例如,UE的服务小区中还具有与第一小区一同使用FR1或使用FR2的小区,则说明UE的服务小区中还存在与第一小区使用相同频率范围的第三小区。该第三小区可为UE的主小区和/或辅小区。In some embodiments, when the UE carriers are aggregated or dual-connected, the UE may have multiple secondary cells and the first cell is the secondary cell of the UE. k can be determined based on whether the UE has other secondary cells that belong to the same frequency range as the first cell. Exemplarily, if the UE has other secondary cells (i.e., the third cell) in the same frequency range as the first cell, k can be appropriately reduced. Another exemplary embodiment is that if the UE does not have other secondary cells (i.e., the third cell) in the same frequency range as the first cell, k can be appropriately increased. For example, if the UE's serving cell also has a cell that uses FR1 or FR2 together with the first cell, it means that the UE's serving cell also has a third cell that uses the same frequency range as the first cell. The third cell can be the UE's primary cell and/or secondary cell.
在一些实施例中,第一频率范围可包括但不限于FR2或FR1。In some embodiments, the first frequency range may include, but is not limited to, FR2 or FR1.
在一些实施例中,UE在第一频率范围上是否有激活的服务小区,可包括UE在FR2上是否有激活的辅小区。In some embodiments, whether the UE has an activated serving cell in the first frequency range may include whether the UE has an activated secondary cell in FR2.
在一些实施例中,UE在第一频率范围上是否激活的服务小区,可包括UE在第一频率范围上激活的主小区和/或辅小区,即当然UE的主小区的频率范围为第一频率范围,也可认为UE在第一频率范围有激活的服务小区。In some embodiments, whether the service cell activated by the UE in the first frequency range may include the primary cell and/or secondary cell activated by the UE in the first frequency range, that is, of course the frequency range of the primary cell of the UE is the first frequency range, and it can also be considered that the UE has an activated service cell in the first frequency range.
在一些实施例中,UE在第一频率范围上激活的服务小区个数的取值可为自然数或正整数。UE在第一频率范围上激活的服务小区个数不同,则k可不同。In some embodiments, the number of serving cells activated by the UE in the first frequency range may be a natural number or a positive integer. If the number of serving cells activated by the UE in the first frequency range is different, then k may be different.
在一些实施例中,方法还包括:根据UE支持的发送功率确定k。示例性地,根据UE支持的最大发送功率或者发送功率等级确定k。In some embodiments, the method further comprises: determining k according to a transmit power supported by the UE. Exemplarily, k is determined according to a maximum transmit power or a transmit power level supported by the UE.
在一些实施例中,SSB的结构包括第一结构和/或第二结构。示例性地,第一结构和第二结构的信号类型和/或发送参数至少其中之一不同。In some embodiments, the structure of the SSB includes a first structure and/or a second structure. Exemplarily, at least one of a signal type and/or a transmission parameter of the first structure and the second structure is different.
示例性不同结构的SSB对应相同或不同的k。Exemplary SSBs of different structures correspond to the same or different k.
在一些实施例中,第一结构的SSB包括主同步信号PSS和辅同步信号SSS,且第二结构的SSB包括PSS、SSS以及物理广播信道PBCH。即第二结构的SSB为简化的SSB。In some embodiments, the first structure of the SSB includes a primary synchronization signal PSS and a secondary synchronization signal SSS, and the second structure of the SSB includes the PSS, SSS, and a physical broadcast channel PBCH. That is, the second structure of the SSB is a simplified SSB.
在一些实施例中,第二结构的SSB还可仅包括PSS。In some embodiments, the SSB of the second structure may also include only the PSS.
在一些实施例中,第二结构的SSB比第一结构的SSB包含的信号类型少。例如,第一结构的SSB可包括PSS和SSS,而第二结构的SSB可仅包括PSS。又例如,第一结构的SSB可包括PSS和PBCH,而第二结构的SSB可仅包括PSS。In some embodiments, the second structured SSB includes fewer signal types than the first structured SSB. For example, the first structured SSB may include both the PSS and the SSS, while the second structured SSB may include only the PSS. For another example, the first structured SSB may include both the PSS and the PBCH, while the second structured SSB may include only the PSS.
在一些实施例中,第一结构的SSB对应的一个SSB突发集中的相邻两个SSB波束之间无时域间隔或具有第一时间间隔,且第二结构的SSB对应的一个SSB突发集中的相邻两个SSB波束之间具有第二时间间隔;第二时间间隔大于第一时间间隔。In some embodiments, there is no time domain interval or a first time interval between two adjacent SSB beams in an SSB burst set corresponding to an SSB of a first structure, and there is a second time interval between two adjacent SSB beams in an SSB burst set corresponding to an SSB of a second structure; the second time interval is greater than the first time interval.
若相邻两个SSB波束之间无时域间隔,则说明相邻两个发送SSB的波束在同一个时刻或者相邻时刻发送SSB。If there is no time domain interval between two adjacent SSB beams, it means that the two adjacent beams sending SSB send SSB at the same time or adjacent time.
在一些实施例中,第一结构SSB对应的相邻两个SSB突发集之间无时域间隔或具有第三时间间隔,且第二结构的SSB对应的相邻两个SSB突发集之间具有第四时间间隔;第四时间间隔大于第三时间间隔。In some embodiments, there is no time domain interval or a third time interval between two adjacent SSB burst sets corresponding to the first structure SSB, and there is a fourth time interval between two adjacent SSB burst sets corresponding to the second structure SSB; the fourth time interval is greater than the third time interval.
不同结构的SSB的SSB突发集(brust)的时域间隔不同。The time domain intervals of SSB burst sets (brust) of SSBs with different structures are different.
在一些实施例中,SSB使用的发送图样可包括SSB使用的频域图样和/或SSB使用的时域图样。In some embodiments, the transmission pattern used by SSB may include a frequency domain pattern used by SSB and/or a time domain pattern used by SSB.
在一些实施例中,SSB使用的发送图样包括第一图样和/或第二图样;第一图样和的第二图样涉 及的波束个数和发送周期的至少其中之一不同。In some embodiments, the transmission pattern used by SSB includes a first pattern and/or a second pattern; the first pattern and the second pattern involve At least one of the number of beams and the transmission period is different.
第一信号指示的波束;a beam indicated by the first signal;
第第一信号传输使用的波束;a beam used for first signal transmission;
第一信号传输使用的波束以及第一信号传输使用波束的一个或多个相邻波束;a beam used for first signal transmission and one or more adjacent beams of the beam used for first signal transmission;
第一信号指示的波束以及第一信号指示的波束的一个或多个相邻波束;The beam indicated by the first signal and one or more adjacent beams to the beam indicated by the first signal;
第二信号指示的波束;a beam indicated by a second signal;
第二信号传输使用的波束;a beam used for second signal transmission;
第二信号指示的波束以及第三信号指示的波束的一个或多个相邻波束;the beam indicated by the second signal and one or more adjacent beams to the beam indicated by the third signal;
第二信号传输使用的波束以及第三信号传输使用的波束的一个或多个相邻波束;a beam used for second signal transmission and one or more adjacent beams to the beam used for third signal transmission;
第二波束为第一小区内第一波束以外的任意波束;The second beam is any beam other than the first beam in the first cell;
或者,or,
第一图样涉及的发送周期位于第一取值范围内且第二图样涉及的发送周期位于第二取值范围内;第二取值范围与第一取值范围至少部分不同在一些实施例中,第一图样涉及的发送周期位于第一取值范围内且第二图样涉及的发送周期位于第二取值范围内;第二取值范围与第一取值范围至少部分不同。The sending period involved in the first pattern is within the first value range and the sending period involved in the second pattern is within the second value range; the second value range is at least partially different from the first value range. In some embodiments, the sending period involved in the first pattern is within the first value range and the sending period involved in the second pattern is within the second value range; the second value range is at least partially different from the first value range.
在一些实施例中,第一需求包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the first requirement includes at least one of the following:
UE是否具有自动增益控制AGC的需求;Whether the UE has the requirement for automatic gain control (AGC);
UE是否具有小区检测的需求;Whether the UE has a cell detection requirement;
UE是否具有时频域跟踪的需求;Whether the UE has time-frequency domain tracking requirements;
UE是否具有层1测量和的需求。Whether the UE has a need for Layer 1 measurements.
在一些实施例中,第一需求还可包括UE是否具有同步需求。例如,第一需求可包括UE与第一小区建立下行同步的需求。In some embodiments, the first requirement may further include whether the UE has a synchronization requirement. For example, the first requirement may include a requirement for the UE to establish downlink synchronization with the first cell.
在一些实施例中,第一需求还可包括UE是否有获取UE的下行定时的需求。In some embodiments, the first requirement may also include whether the UE has a requirement to obtain the downlink timing of the UE.
以上仅仅UE的第一需求的举例,具体实现是不局限于上述举例。The above is only an example of the first requirement of the UE, and the specific implementation is not limited to the above example.
在一些实施例中,方法还包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the method further comprises at least one of the following:
第一小区的层3结果周期,确定UE是否具有AGC和/或时频跟踪的需求;The layer 3 result period of the first cell determines whether the UE has AGC and/or time-frequency tracking requirements;
根据UE的接收功率,确定UE是否具有AGC和/或时频跟踪的需求;Determine whether the UE has AGC and/or time-frequency tracking requirements based on the UE's received power;
根据第一小区是否为已知小区,确定UE是否具有层1测量的需求;在第一小区为未知小区的情况下根据UE的接收功率,确定UE是否具有AGC、时频跟踪和/或层1测量的需求。Determine whether the UE has a need for layer 1 measurement based on whether the first cell is a known cell; if the first cell is an unknown cell, determine whether the UE has a need for AGC, time-frequency tracking and/or layer 1 measurement based on the UE's received power.
如图2B和图2C所示,本公开实施例提供一种信息处理方法,由通信系统执行。该信息处理方法可包括:As shown in Figures 2B and 2C, an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is executed by a communication system. The information processing method may include:
S2201:UE向第二网络设备发送第一信号。S2201: The UE sends a first signal to a second network device.
在一些实施例中,第二网络设备可为第二小区的接入网设备。在载波聚合和/或双连接场景下,第一小区可为UE的辅小区,第二小区可为UE的主小区。In some embodiments, the second network device may be an access network device of the second cell. In carrier aggregation and/or dual connectivity scenarios, the first cell may be a secondary cell of the UE, and the second cell may be a primary cell of the UE.
在一些实施例中,第一信号可包括但不限于UE发送的WUS、小区激活请求(或说指示)、小区去激活请求(或说指示)、小区开启请求(或说指令)或小区关闭请求(或说指令)。In some embodiments, the first signal may include but is not limited to a WUS sent by the UE, a cell activation request (or indication), a cell deactivation request (or indication), a cell start request (or instruction), or a cell shutdown request (or instruction).
在一些实施例中,WUS可用于请求(触发)第一小区从第一状态退出。在一些实施例中,第一状态可为NES状态。在一些实施例中,第一小区退出第一状态之后将进入到第二状态。示例性地,第二状态可为非NES状态。In some embodiments, the WUS may be used to request (trigger) the first cell to exit a first state. In some embodiments, the first state may be an NES state. In some embodiments, after exiting the first state, the first cell enters a second state. For example, the second state may be a non-NES state.
在一些实施例中,小区激活请求(或说指示)可用于请求激活第一小区,即第一小区进入激活状态。小区去激活请求(或说指示)可用于请求去激活第一小区,即第一小区进入去激活状态。In some embodiments, the cell activation request (or indication) may be used to request activation of the first cell, i.e., the first cell enters an activated state. The cell deactivation request (or indication) may be used to request deactivation of the first cell, i.e., the first cell enters a deactivated state.
在一些实施例中,小区开启指示可用于请求第一小区开启,即第一小区进入开启状态。小区关闭请求(或说指令)可用于请求关闭第一小区,即第一小区进入关闭状态。In some embodiments, the cell on indication may be used to request the first cell to be turned on, ie, the first cell enters an on state. The cell off request (or instruction) may be used to request the first cell to be turned off, ie, the first cell enters an off state.
在一些实施例中,第一小区处于NES状态时,第一小区暂停或者停止发送公共信号。在一些实施例中,该公共信号可包括但不限于SSB、SIB、小区公共PDCCH发送的信号、小区级别的参考信号等其中一个或多个。In some embodiments, when the first cell is in the NES state, the first cell suspends or stops sending a common signal. In some embodiments, the common signal may include but is not limited to one or more of an SSB, a SIB, a signal sent by a cell-common PDCCH, a cell-level reference signal, and the like.
在一些实施例中,第一小区退出NES状态进入到非NES状态时,则第一小区将恢复公共信号的发送。In some embodiments, when the first cell exits the NES state and enters the non-NES state, the first cell will resume sending the public signal.
在一些实施例中,第一小区在第一状态下第一小区不执行第一传输,和/或,第一小区在第二状态下执行第一传输。In some embodiments, the first cell does not perform the first transmission in the first state, and/or the first cell performs the first transmission in the second state.
在一些实施例中,第一小区处于第一状态下的能耗低于第一小区处于第二状态下的能耗。 In some embodiments, the energy consumption of the first cell in the first state is lower than the energy consumption of the first cell in the second state.
在一些实施例中,第一小区执行第一传输可包括但不限于以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the first cell performing the first transmission may include but is not limited to at least one of the following:
第一小区发送下行信号;The first cell sends a downlink signal;
第一小区发送下行数据;The first cell sends downlink data;
第一小区接收上行信号;The first cell receives an uplink signal;
第一小区接收上行数据。The first cell receives uplink data.
在一些实施例中,下行信号可包括但不限于:下行公共信号、下行终端专用信号。In some embodiments, the downlink signal may include, but is not limited to, a downlink common signal and a downlink terminal-specific signal.
在一些实施例中,下行数据可包括但不限于:物理下行共享信道(Physical Downlink Shared Channel,PDSCH)发送的数据和/或随机接入响应。In some embodiments, downlink data may include but is not limited to: data sent by the Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) and/or random access responses.
在一些实施例中,上行信号可包括但不限于:上行定位参考信号和/或探测参考信号。In some embodiments, the uplink signal may include, but is not limited to, an uplink positioning reference signal and/or a sounding reference signal.
在一些实施例中,上行数据可包括但不限于:物理上行共享信道(Physical Uplink Shared Channel,PUSCH)发送的数据和/或随机接入请求。In some embodiments, uplink data may include but is not limited to: data and/or random access requests sent by the Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH).
在一些实施例中,S2201为可选步骤,参考如图2C所示,S2101可省略。In some embodiments, S2201 is an optional step. Referring to FIG. 2C , S2101 may be omitted.
S2202:第二网络设备向第一网络设备发送第一信号。S2202: The second network device sends a first signal to the first network device.
在一些实施例中,第二网络设备接收UE发送的第一信号,向第一网络设备发送第一信号。In some embodiments, the second network device receives the first signal sent by the UE, and sends the first signal to the first network device.
在一些实施例中,第二网络设备根据第二小区的负载率和/或小区容量等,自行向第一网络设备发送第一信号。例如,需要第二小区分担第一小区的业务量或者为了实现第一小区和第二小区之间的负载均衡时,第二网络设备可向第一网络设备发送第一信号。In some embodiments, the second network device automatically sends the first signal to the first network device based on the load rate and/or cell capacity of the second cell. For example, the second network device may send the first signal to the first network device when the second cell needs to share the traffic of the first cell or to achieve load balancing between the first cell and the second cell.
在一些实施例中,第二网络设备向第一网络设备发送的第一信号,可与从UE接收的第一信号相同。In some embodiments, the first signal sent by the second network device to the first network device may be the same as the first signal received from the UE.
在另一些实施例中,第二网络设备向第一网络设备发送的第一信号,可与从UE接收的第一信号不同。例如,第二网络设备从UE接收WUS,而第二网络设备可向第一网络设备发送第一指示和/或第二指示。示例性地,第二网络设备从UE接收WUS之后,根据第一小区的小区状态向第一网络设备发送第一指示或第二指示。例如,第二网络设备收到第一小区的WUS之后,第一小区处于去激活状态,则第二网络设备可向第一小区发送第二指示。又例如,第二网络设备收到第一小区的WUS之后,第一小区处于关闭状态,则第二网络设备可向第一小区发送第一指示。In other embodiments, the first signal sent by the second network device to the first network device may be different from the first signal received from the UE. For example, the second network device receives a WUS from the UE, and the second network device may send a first indication and/or a second indication to the first network device. Exemplarily, after the second network device receives the WUS from the UE, it sends the first indication or the second indication to the first network device according to the cell state of the first cell. For example, after the second network device receives the WUS from the first cell, the first cell is in a deactivated state, and the second network device may send the second indication to the first cell. For another example, after the second network device receives the WUS from the first cell, the first cell is in a closed state, and the second network device may send the first indication to the first cell.
在一些实施例中,若第二网络设备发送给第一网络设备的第一信号,不同于第二网络设备从UE接收的第一信号的信号类型,则第二网络设备还可以向第一网络设备发送第三信息。该第三信息指示第二网络设备从UE接收的第一信号的信号类型,或者,第三信息指示基于UE触发第二网络设备向的第一网络设备发送第一信号。In some embodiments, if the first signal sent by the second network device to the first network device is different from the signal type of the first signal received by the second network device from the UE, the second network device may further send third information to the first network device. The third information indicates the signal type of the first signal received by the second network device from the UE, or the third information indicates that the second network device is triggered by the UE to send the first signal to the first network device.
在一些实施例中,第三信息可携带在第一信号上或者携带在不同于第一信号的其他信号上。In some embodiments, the third information may be carried on the first signal or on a signal other than the first signal.
S2203:第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送第二信号。S2203: The first network device sends a second signal to the second network device.
在一些实施例中,第二信号可为第一信号的反馈信号。示例性地,该反馈信号可包括但不限于确认信号和/或否认信号。In some embodiments, the second signal may be a feedback signal of the first signal. For example, the feedback signal may include but is not limited to a confirmation signal and/or a negative signal.
在一些实施例中,该第二信号可为单独包括确认信号,如此,第一网络设备确定基于第一信号执行第一小区的状态切换时发送确认信号。In some embodiments, the second signal may include a confirmation signal alone. In this case, the first network device sends the confirmation signal when determining to perform the state switching of the first cell based on the first signal.
在另一些实施例中,该第二信号可单独包括否认信号,如此,第一网络设备确定不基于第一信号执行第一小区的状态时发送确认信号。In some other embodiments, the second signal may include a negative acknowledgement signal alone. In this case, the first network device sends a confirmation signal when determining not to execute the status of the first cell based on the first signal.
在一些实施例中,S2203可为可选步骤,例如,第一网络设备默认基于第一信号执行第一小区的状态切换。示例性地,第二小区为第一小区的主小区且第一小区由第二小区调度。In some embodiments, S2203 may be an optional step, for example, the first network device performs state switching of the first cell based on the first signal by default. Exemplarily, the second cell is a primary cell of the first cell and the first cell is scheduled by the second cell.
S2204:第二网络设备向UE发送第二信号。S2204: The second network device sends a second signal to the UE.
在一些实施例中,第二网络设备基于UE发送的第一信号向第一网络设备发送第一信号,则在接收到第一网络设备发送的第二信号之后,向UE发送第二信号。In some embodiments, the second network device sends a first signal to the first network device based on the first signal sent by the UE, and then sends a second signal to the UE after receiving the second signal sent by the first network device.
在一些实施例中,即便第二网络设备自发向第一网络设备发送第一信号,但是考虑到UE将负载均衡到第一小区等考虑,则第二网络设备在收到第二信号之后向UE发送特殊的第二信号。UE收到特殊的第二信号则可知晓第一小区即将发生状态切换或第一小区执行第一传输的时段。In some embodiments, even if the second network device autonomously sends the first signal to the first network device, the second network device may, after receiving the second signal, send a special second signal to the UE, taking into account considerations such as load balancing of the UE to the first cell. Upon receiving the special second signal, the UE may be informed of an impending state handover of the first cell or a time period during which the first cell will perform the first transmission.
在一些实施例中,S2204可为可选步骤,例如,第一网络设备默认基于第一信号执行第一小区的状态切换则第二网络设备可能不会从第一网络设备接收第二信号,则第二网络设备也可以省略向UE发送第二信号的步骤。再例如,第一信号是由第二网络设备自身发送给第一网络设备时,则同样地第二网络设备可省略向第一网络设备发送第二信号。In some embodiments, step S2204 may be an optional step. For example, if the first network device performs the state switching of the first cell based on the first signal by default, the second network device may not receive the second signal from the first network device, and the second network device may also omit the step of sending the second signal to the UE. For another example, if the first signal is sent by the second network device itself to the first network device, the second network device may also omit sending the second signal to the first network device.
S2205:第一网络设备或UE分别确定第一小区执行第一传输的时段。S2205: The first network device or the UE respectively determines a time period in which the first cell performs the first transmission.
在一些实施例中,第一网络设备或UE确定第一小区执行第一传输最早时刻和或最晚时刻。 In some embodiments, the first network device or UE determines the earliest time and/or the latest time for the first cell to perform the first transmission.
在一些实施例中,最早时刻可以根据第一网络设备从第一状态切换到第二状态所需的切换时刻确定。In some embodiments, the earliest time may be determined based on a switching time required for the first network device to switch from the first state to the second state.
在一些实施例中,最早时刻可以根据UE是否可以参与第一网络设备执行的第一传输对应的操作所需的时间确定。In some embodiments, the earliest time may be determined based on the time required for the UE to participate in the operation corresponding to the first transmission performed by the first network device.
在一些实施例中,最晚时刻可以根据预设时间偏移量确定。In some embodiments, the latest time may be determined according to a preset time offset.
在一些实施例中,确定时间单元n+k为第一小区执行第一传输的最晚时刻。In some embodiments, the time unit n+k is determined to be the latest time when the first cell performs the first transmission.
在一些实施例中,n与第一信号相关。在一些实施例中,k为时域偏移量。In some embodiments, n is related to the first signal. In some embodiments, k is a time domain offset.
在一些实施例中,n与第一信号的传输时刻相关。示例性地,n与第一信号的发送时刻所在时间单元的索引或标识。In some embodiments, n is related to the transmission time of the first signal. For example, n is the index or identifier of the time unit in which the transmission time of the first signal is located.
在一些实施例中,n与第一信号关联的第二信号的传输时刻相关。该第二信号为第一信号的反馈信号。该反馈信号可包括确认信号和/或否认信号。例如,第一网络设备确定不根据第一信号控制第一小区的状态切换时,第一网络设备可向UE发送否认信号。In some embodiments, n is related to the transmission time of a second signal associated with the first signal. The second signal is a feedback signal of the first signal. The feedback signal may include an acknowledgment signal and/or a denial signal. For example, when the first network device determines not to control the state switching of the first cell based on the first signal, the first network device may send a denial signal to the UE.
在一些实施例中,该时间单元可包括但不限于时隙、微时隙、子帧或符号。示例性地,n+k可为时间单元的索引或者标识。In some embodiments, the time unit may include but is not limited to a time slot, a mini-time slot, a subframe, or a symbol. Exemplarily, n+k may be an index or identifier of the time unit.
在一些实施例中,根据第一信号的接收时刻或发送时刻,确定n。In some embodiments, n is determined based on the reception time or the transmission time of the first signal.
示例性地,第一网络设备根据第一信号的接收时刻确定n。Exemplarily, the first network device determines n according to a reception time of the first signal.
示例性地,UE根据第一信号的发送时刻确定n。Exemplarily, the UE determines n based on the sending time of the first signal.
在一些实施例中,根据第二信号的发送时刻或接收时刻确定n。示例性地,第一网络设备根据第二信号的发送时刻确定n。又示例性地,UE根据第二信号的接收时刻确定n。In some embodiments, n is determined based on the time when the second signal is sent or received. For example, the first network device determines n based on the time when the second signal is sent. For another example, the UE determines n based on the time when the second signal is received.
在一些实施例中,确定第一小区执行第一传输的最晚时刻,包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, determining the latest time at which the first cell performs the first transmission includes at least one of the following:
根据第一信号的信号类型,确定k;determining k according to a signal type of the first signal;
根据第一小区使用的频率范围,确定k;Determine k according to a frequency range used by the first cell;
根据第一小区是否为UE的已知小区,确定k;Determining k according to whether the first cell is a known cell of the UE;
根据第一小区的层3测量周期,确定k;Determine k according to the layer 3 measurement period of the first cell;
根据第一小区是否有配置同步信号广播块SSB的测量间隔,确定k;Determine k according to whether the first cell has a measurement interval configured with a synchronization signal broadcast block SSB;
根据UE是否有配置多个辅小区,确定k;Determine k based on whether the UE is configured with multiple secondary cells;
根据UE配置的辅小区个数,确定k;Determine k based on the number of secondary cells configured by the UE;
根据第一小区是否有配置第三信号,确定k;Determine k according to whether the first cell is configured with a third signal;
根据第一小区中第四信号的配置方式,确定k;Determine k according to a configuration mode of the fourth signal in the first cell;
根据UE的接收功率,确定k;Determine k based on the UE's received power;
根据UE是否有激活与第一小区同频的第三小区,确定k;Determine k based on whether the UE has activated a third cell with the same frequency as the first cell;
根据UE激活的与第一小区同频的第三小区使用的频率范围,确定k;Determine k based on a frequency range used by a third cell activated by the UE and having the same frequency as the first cell;
根据UE的激活服务小区使用的频率范围,确定k;Determine k based on the frequency range used by the activated serving cell of the UE;
根据UE在第一频率范围上是否有激活的服务小区,确定k;Determine k based on whether the UE has an activated serving cell in the first frequency range;
根据UE在第一频率范围上激活的服务小区个数,确定k;Determine k according to the number of serving cells activated by the UE in the first frequency range;
根据第一小区配置的SSB的结构,确定k;Determine k according to the structure of the SSB configured in the first cell;
根据第一小区配置的SSB使用的发送图样,确定k;Determine k according to a transmission pattern used by the SSB configured in the first cell;
根据第一小区配置的SSB使用的功率控制参数,确定k;Determine k according to a power control parameter used by the SSB configured in the first cell;
根据UE是否具有第一需求,确定k。k is determined according to whether the UE has the first requirement.
在一些实施例中,In some embodiments,
第一信号的信号类型包括以下至少之一:The signal type of the first signal includes at least one of the following:
第一信号为唤醒信号WUS;The first signal is a wake-up signal WUS;
第一信号为第一指示;第一指示,用于指示第一小区开启或关闭;The first signal is a first indication; the first indication is used to indicate whether the first cell is turned on or off;
第一信号为第二指示;第二指示,用于指示第一小区激活或去激活。The first signal is a second indication; the second indication is used to indicate activation or deactivation of the first cell.
示例性地,第一指示可包括但不限于:小区开启指示(Cell on indication)和/或小区关闭指示(Cell off indication)。又示例性地,该第二指示可包括但不限于第一小区作为辅小区时的(Scell activation signaling)和/或小区去激活指示(Scell deactivation signaling)。For example, the first indication may include, but is not limited to, a cell on indication (Cell on indication) and/or a cell off indication (Cell off indication). For another example, the second indication may include, but is not limited to, when the first cell serves as a secondary cell (Scell activation signaling) and/or a cell deactivation indication (Scell deactivation signaling).
示例性地,WUS信号可用于请求第一小区处于第一状态和/或第二状态;WUS信号可用于请求第一小区处于第一状态或第二状态。WUS可用于请求(触发)第一小区从第一状态退出。在一些实施例中,第一状态可为NES状态。在一些实施例中,第一小区退出第一状态之后将进入到第二状态。示例性地,第二状态可为非NES状态。WUS可用于请求(触发)第一小区进入到第二状态。 Exemplarily, the WUS signal may be used to request that the first cell be in the first state and/or the second state; the WUS signal may be used to request that the first cell be in the first state or the second state. The WUS may be used to request (trigger) the first cell to exit the first state. In some embodiments, the first state may be an NES state. In some embodiments, after exiting the first state, the first cell enters the second state. Exemplarily, the second state may be a non-NES state. The WUS may be used to request (trigger) the first cell to enter the second state.
示例性地,第一指示可包括但不限于:小区开启指示(Cell on indication)和/或小区关闭指示(Cell off indication)。第一指示可指示小区开启,且小区处于第一状态;第一指示可指示小区开启,且小区处于第二状态;第一指示可指示小区关闭,且小区处于第一状态;第一指示可指示小区关闭,且小区处于第二状态。For example, the first indication may include, but is not limited to, a cell on indication and/or a cell off indication. The first indication may indicate that the cell is on and the cell is in a first state; the first indication may indicate that the cell is on and the cell is in a second state; the first indication may indicate that the cell is off and the cell is in the first state; and the first indication may indicate that the cell is off and the cell is in the second state.
示例性地,该第二指示可包括但不限于第一小区作为辅小区时的(Scell activation signaling)和/或小区去激活指示(Scell deactivation signaling)。第二指示可指示小区激活,且小区处于第一状态;第二指示可指示小区去激活,且小区处于第二状态;第二指示可指示小区激活,且小区处于第一状态;第二指示可指示小区去激活,且小区处于第二状态。Illustratively, the second indication may include, but is not limited to, Scell activation signaling when the first cell serves as a secondary cell and/or a cell deactivation signaling. The second indication may indicate that the cell is activated and the cell is in a first state; the second indication may indicate that the cell is deactivated and the cell is in a second state; the second indication may indicate that the cell is activated and the cell is in the first state; and the second indication may indicate that the cell is deactivated and the cell is in the second state.
在一些实施例中,不同类型的第一信号对应的k不同。示例性地,在本公开实施例中,该第一信号可为WUS,则根据WUS确定k。In some embodiments, different types of first signals correspond to different k. For example, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, the first signal may be a WUS, and k is determined according to the WUS.
在一些实施例中,示例性地,根据第一小区的层3测量周期的时间范围确定k。不同的时间范围可与不同的k值具有预设对应关系。In some embodiments, k is determined, for example, based on a time range of a layer 3 measurement period of the first cell. Different time ranges may have a preset correspondence with different k values.
在一些实施例中,第一小区是否配置SMTC确定k。例如,第一小区有配置SMTC和没有配置SMTC对应的k不同。In some embodiments, k is determined by whether the first cell is configured with SMTC. For example, k is different if the first cell is configured with SMTC or not.
在一些实施例中,第一小区是UE的已知小区和第一小区是UE的未知小区,对应的k不同。In some embodiments, the first cell is a known cell of the UE and the first cell is an unknown cell of the UE, and the corresponding k is different.
在一些实施例中,根据第一小区的层3测量周期,确定k,包括以下至少之一:根据第一小区的SSB的层3测量周期,确定k;In some embodiments, determining k based on a layer 3 measurement period of the first cell comprises at least one of the following: determining k based on a layer 3 measurement period of an SSB of the first cell;
根据第一小区的信道状态信息-参考信号CSI-RS的层3测量周期,确定k。k is determined according to a layer 3 measurement period of a channel state information-reference signal CSI-RS of the first cell.
此处,第一小区的SSB的层3测量周期可为第一小区进入到第一小区之前的小区配置中配置的周期,或者,由第二小区为第一小区配置的周期。Here, the layer 3 measurement period of the SSB of the first cell may be a period configured in the cell configuration before the first cell enters the first cell, or a period configured by the second cell for the first cell.
示例性地,该CSI-RS的层3测量周期可为第一小区进入到第一小区之前的小区配置中配置的周期,或者,由第二小区为第一小区配置的周期。Exemplarily, the layer 3 measurement period of the CSI-RS may be a period configured in the cell configuration before the first cell enters the first cell, or a period configured by the second cell for the first cell.
非周期的参考信号可包括但不限于动态配置(或调度)的参考信号。Aperiodic reference signals may include, but are not limited to, dynamically configured (or scheduled) reference signals.
在一些实施例中,第三信号可包括但不限于各种非周期的信号。In some embodiments, the third signal may include, but is not limited to, various non-periodic signals.
在一些实施例中,第三信号可为指定功能的信号,示例性地,该第三信号可包括但不限于TRS。In some embodiments, the third signal may be a signal of a designated function. For example, the third signal may include but is not limited to TRS.
在一些实施例中,非周期的参考信号包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the non-periodic reference signal includes at least one of the following:
非周期的CSI-RS;Aperiodic CSI-RS;
非周期的跟踪参考信号TRS。Aperiodic tracking reference signal TRS.
示例性地,非周期的CSI-RS可包括但不限于动态配置(或调度)的CSI-RS。For example, the aperiodic CSI-RS may include but is not limited to a dynamically configured (or scheduled) CSI-RS.
又示例性地,非周期的TRS可包括但不限于动态配置(或调度)的TRS。As another example, the non-periodic TRS may include but is not limited to a dynamically configured (or scheduled) TRS.
在另一些实施例中,非周期的参考信号还可包括但不限于非周期的解调参考信号(Demodulation reference signal,DMRS)。In other embodiments, the non-periodic reference signal may also include but is not limited to a non-periodic demodulation reference signal (DMRS).
在一些实施例中,第四信号的配置方式包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the configuration of the fourth signal includes at least one of the following:
第四信号的周期性配置;a periodic configuration of a fourth signal;
第四信号的半持续配置;a semi-persistent configuration of the fourth signal;
第四信号的动态配置。Dynamic configuration of the fourth signal.
在一些实施例中,第四信号的不同配置方式可具有相同或者不同的K。在一些实施例中,该第四信号可包括但不限于CSI-RS、SSB和/或DMRS等。In some embodiments, different configurations of the fourth signal may have the same or different K. In some embodiments, the fourth signal may include but is not limited to CSI-RS, SSB and/or DMRS.
在一些实施例中,根据UE的接收功率,确定k包括:In some embodiments, determining k based on the received power of the UE includes:
根据是否符合确定k;用于指示指定信号在一个资源单元RE上的接收功率;Iot为UE在一个RE上的噪声与干扰的接收功率之和;X为任意实数。According to whether Determine k; It is used to indicate the received power of a specified signal on a resource unit RE; Iot is the sum of the received power of noise and interference of the UE on a RE; X is an arbitrary real number.
在一些实施例中,根据UE的接收功率,确定k还可包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, determining k based on the received power of the UE may further include at least one of the following:
根据UE支持的最小接收功率确定k;Determine k based on the minimum received power supported by the UE;
根据UE支持的接收功率等级确定k。k is determined according to the receiving power level supported by the UE.
在一些实施例中,频率范围可包括FR1和/或FR2。在一些实施例中,FR2又可以包括FR2-1。In some embodiments, the frequency range may include FR1 and/or FR2. In some embodiments, FR2 may further include FR2-1.
在一些实施例中,UE载波聚合或者双连接,则UE可能具有多个辅小区且第一小区为UE的辅小区时,可根据UE是否还存在其他与第一小区属于同频率范围的辅小区,确定k。示例性地,若UE还具有其他与第一小区同频率范围的辅小区(即第三小区)则k可适当减小。又示例性地,若UE不具有其他与第一小区同频率范围的辅小区(即第三小区)则k可适当增大。例如,UE的服务小区中还具有与第一小区一同使用FR1或使用FR2的小区,则说明UE的服务小区中还存在与第一小区使用相同频率范围的第三小区。该第三小区可为UE的主小区和/或辅小区。 In some embodiments, when the UE carriers are aggregated or dual-connected, the UE may have multiple secondary cells and the first cell is the secondary cell of the UE. k can be determined based on whether the UE has other secondary cells that belong to the same frequency range as the first cell. Exemplarily, if the UE has other secondary cells (i.e., the third cell) in the same frequency range as the first cell, k can be appropriately reduced. Another exemplary embodiment is that if the UE does not have other secondary cells (i.e., the third cell) in the same frequency range as the first cell, k can be appropriately increased. For example, if the UE's serving cell also has a cell that uses FR1 or FR2 together with the first cell, it means that the UE's serving cell also has a third cell that uses the same frequency range as the first cell. The third cell can be the UE's primary cell and/or secondary cell.
在一些实施例中,第一频率范围可包括但不限于FR2或FR1。In some embodiments, the first frequency range may include, but is not limited to, FR2 or FR1.
在一些实施例中,UE在第一频率范围上是否有激活的服务小区,可包括UE在FR2上是否有激活的辅小区。In some embodiments, whether the UE has an activated serving cell in the first frequency range may include whether the UE has an activated secondary cell in FR2.
在一些实施例中,UE在第一频率范围上是否激活的服务小区,可包括UE在第一频率范围上激活的主小区和/或辅小区,即当然UE的主小区的频率范围为第一频率范围,也可认为UE在第一频率范围有激活的服务小区。In some embodiments, whether the service cell activated by the UE in the first frequency range may include the primary cell and/or secondary cell activated by the UE in the first frequency range, that is, of course the frequency range of the primary cell of the UE is the first frequency range, and it can also be considered that the UE has an activated service cell in the first frequency range.
在一些实施例中,UE在第一频率范围上激活的服务小区个数的取值可为自然数或正整数。UE在第一频率范围上激活的服务小区个数不同,则k可不同。In some embodiments, the number of serving cells activated by the UE in the first frequency range may be a natural number or a positive integer. If the number of serving cells activated by the UE in the first frequency range is different, then k may be different.
在一些实施例中,方法还包括:根据UE支持的发送功率确定k。示例性地,根据UE支持的最大发送功率或者发送功率等级确定k。In some embodiments, the method further comprises: determining k according to a transmit power supported by the UE. Exemplarily, k is determined according to a maximum transmit power or a transmit power level supported by the UE.
在一些实施例中,SSB的结构包括第一结构和/或第二结构;第一结构和第二结构的信号类型和/或发送参数至少其中之一不同。In some embodiments, the structure of the SSB includes a first structure and/or a second structure; the first structure and the second structure are different in at least one of the signal type and/or transmission parameters.
示例性不同结构的SSB对应相同或不同的k。Exemplary SSBs of different structures correspond to the same or different k.
在一些实施例中,第一结构的SSB包括主同步信号PSS和辅同步信号SSS,且第二结构的SSB包括PSS、SSS以及物理广播信道PBCH。即第二结构的SSB为简化的SSB。In some embodiments, the first structure of the SSB includes a primary synchronization signal PSS and a secondary synchronization signal SSS, and the second structure of the SSB includes the PSS, SSS, and a physical broadcast channel PBCH. That is, the second structure of the SSB is a simplified SSB.
在一些实施例中,第二结构的SSB还可仅包括PSS。In some embodiments, the SSB of the second structure may also include only the PSS.
在一些实施例中,第二结构的SSB比第一结构的SSB包含的信号类型少。例如,第一结构的SSB可包括PSS和SSS,而第二结构的SSB可仅包括PSS。又例如,第一结构的SSB可包括PSS和PBCH,而第二结构的SSB可仅包括PSS。In some embodiments, the second structured SSB includes fewer signal types than the first structured SSB. For example, the first structured SSB may include both the PSS and the SSS, while the second structured SSB may include only the PSS. For another example, the first structured SSB may include both the PSS and the PBCH, while the second structured SSB may include only the PSS.
在一些实施例中,第一结构的SSB对应的一个SSB突发集中的相邻两个SSB波束之间无时域间隔或具有第一时间间隔,且第二结构的SSB对应的一个SSB突发集中的相邻两个SSB波束之间具有第二时间间隔;第二时间间隔大于第一时间间隔。In some embodiments, there is no time domain interval or a first time interval between two adjacent SSB beams in an SSB burst set corresponding to an SSB of a first structure, and there is a second time interval between two adjacent SSB beams in an SSB burst set corresponding to an SSB of a second structure; the second time interval is greater than the first time interval.
若相邻两个SSB波束之间无时域间隔,则说明相邻两个发送SSB的波束在同一个时刻或者相邻时刻发送SSB。If there is no time domain interval between two adjacent SSB beams, it means that the two adjacent beams sending SSB send SSB at the same time or adjacent time.
在一些实施例中,第一结构SSB对应的相邻两个SSB突发集之间无时域间隔或具有第三时间间隔,且第二结构的SSB对应的相邻两个SSB突发集之间具有第四时间间隔;第四时间间隔大于第三时间间隔。In some embodiments, there is no time domain interval or a third time interval between two adjacent SSB burst sets corresponding to the first structure SSB, and there is a fourth time interval between two adjacent SSB burst sets corresponding to the second structure SSB; the fourth time interval is greater than the third time interval.
不同结构的SSB的SSB突发集(brust)的时域间隔不同。The time domain intervals of SSB burst sets (brust) of SSBs with different structures are different.
在一些实施例中,SSB使用的发送图样可包括SSB使用的频域图样和/或SSB使用的时域图样。In some embodiments, the transmission pattern used by SSB may include a frequency domain pattern used by SSB and/or a time domain pattern used by SSB.
在一些实施例中,SSB使用的发送图样包括第一图样和/或第二图样;第一图样和的第二图样涉及的波束个数和发送周期的至少其中之一不同。In some embodiments, the transmission pattern used by SSB includes a first pattern and/or a second pattern; the first pattern and the second pattern differ in at least one of the number of beams involved and the transmission period.
第一信号指示的波束;a beam indicated by the first signal;
第第一信号传输使用的波束;a beam used for first signal transmission;
第一信号传输使用的波束以及第一信号传输使用波束的一个或多个相邻波束;a beam used for first signal transmission and one or more adjacent beams of the beam used for first signal transmission;
第一信号指示的波束以及第一信号指示的波束的一个或多个相邻波束;The beam indicated by the first signal and one or more adjacent beams to the beam indicated by the first signal;
第二信号指示的波束;a beam indicated by a second signal;
第二信号传输使用的波束;a beam used for second signal transmission;
第二信号指示的波束以及第三信号指示的波束的一个或多个相邻波束;the beam indicated by the second signal and one or more adjacent beams to the beam indicated by the third signal;
第二信号传输使用的波束以及第三信号传输使用的波束的一个或多个相邻波束;a beam used for second signal transmission and one or more adjacent beams to the beam used for third signal transmission;
第二波束为第一小区内第一波束以外的任意波束;The second beam is any beam other than the first beam in the first cell;
或者,or,
第一图样涉及的发送周期位于第一取值范围内且第二图样涉及的发送周期位于第二取值范围内;第二取值范围与第一取值范围至少部分不同在一些实施例中,第一图样涉及的发送周期位于第一取值范围内且第二图样涉及的发送周期位于第二取值范围内;第二取值范围与第一取值范围至少部分不同。The sending period involved in the first pattern is within the first value range and the sending period involved in the second pattern is within the second value range; the second value range is at least partially different from the first value range. In some embodiments, the sending period involved in the first pattern is within the first value range and the sending period involved in the second pattern is within the second value range; the second value range is at least partially different from the first value range.
在一些实施例中,第一需求包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the first requirement includes at least one of the following:
UE是否具有自动增益控制AGC的需求;Whether the UE has the requirement for automatic gain control (AGC);
UE是否具有小区检测的需求;Whether the UE has a cell detection requirement;
UE是否具有时频域跟踪的需求;Whether the UE has time-frequency domain tracking requirements;
UE是否具有层1测量和的需求。Whether the UE has a need for Layer 1 measurements.
在一些实施例中,第一需求还可包括UE是否具有同步需求。例如,第一需求可包括UE与第一 小区建立下行同步的需求。In some embodiments, the first requirement may further include whether the UE has a synchronization requirement. For example, the first requirement may include whether the UE has a synchronization requirement. The cell needs to establish downlink synchronization.
在一些实施例中,第一需求还可包括UE是否有获取UE的下行定时的需求。In some embodiments, the first requirement may also include whether the UE has a requirement to obtain the downlink timing of the UE.
以上仅仅UE的第一需求的举例,具体实现是不局限于上述举例。The above is only an example of the first requirement of the UE, and the specific implementation is not limited to the above example.
在一些实施例中,方法还包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the method further comprises at least one of the following:
第一小区的层3结果周期,确定UE是否具有AGC和/或时频跟踪的需求;The layer 3 result period of the first cell determines whether the UE has AGC and/or time-frequency tracking requirements;
根据UE的接收功率,确定UE是否具有AGC和/或时频跟踪的需求;Determine whether the UE has AGC and/or time-frequency tracking requirements based on the UE's received power;
根据第一小区是否为已知小区,确定UE是否具有层1测量的需求;在第一小区为未知小区的情况下根据UE的接收功率,确定UE是否具有AGC、时频跟踪和/或层1测量的需求。Determine whether the UE has a need for layer 1 measurement based on whether the first cell is a known cell; if the first cell is an unknown cell, determine whether the UE has a need for AGC, time-frequency tracking and/or layer 1 measurement based on the UE's received power.
如图2D所示,本公开实施例提供一种信息处理方法,由通信系统执行。该信息处理方法可包括:As shown in FIG2D , an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is executed by a communication system. The information processing method may include:
S2301:网络设备向UE发送第一信号。S2301: The network device sends a first signal to the UE.
在一些实施例中,第一网络设备或第二网络设备向UE广播、组播或者单播第一信号。In some embodiments, the first network device or the second network device broadcasts, multicasts, or unicasts the first signal to the UE.
在一些实施例中,第一网络设备或第二网络设备向UE发送的第一信号包括但不限于第一指示和/或第二指示。In some embodiments, the first signal sent by the first network device or the second network device to the UE includes but is not limited to a first indication and/or a second indication.
在一些实施例中,第一指示用于指示第一小区开启或关闭;第一小区关闭则第一小区处于第一状态;第一小区开启则第一小区处于第二状态。In some embodiments, the first indication is used to indicate whether the first cell is turned on or off; if the first cell is turned off, the first cell is in a first state; if the first cell is turned on, the first cell is in a second state.
在一些实施例中,第二指示用于指示第一小区激活或去激活;第一小区去激活则第一状态;第一小区去激活则第一小区处于第二状态。In some embodiments, the second indication is used to indicate activation or deactivation of the first cell; when the first cell is deactivated, the first cell is in the first state; when the first cell is deactivated, the first cell is in the second state.
S2302:UE向第一网络设备或第二网络设备发送第二信号。S2302: The UE sends a second signal to the first network device or the second network device.
在一些实施例中,UE接收到第一信号向第一网络设备发送第二信号。In some embodiments, the UE receives the first signal and sends a second signal to the first network device.
在一些实施例中,第二信号可为第一信号的反馈信号。示例性地,第二信号的相关描述可参见图2A、图2B或者图2C对应实施例的相关描述。In some embodiments, the second signal may be a feedback signal of the first signal. For example, the description of the second signal may refer to the description of the corresponding embodiment of FIG2A , FIG2B or FIG2C .
S2303:UE和/或第一网络设备确定第一小区执行第一传输的时段。S2303: The UE and/or the first network device determines a time period during which the first cell performs the first transmission.
此处S2303的具体执行可参加图2A、图2B和/或图2C对应实施例的相关描述。For the specific implementation of S2303 here, please refer to the relevant description of the corresponding embodiments of Figure 2A, Figure 2B and/or Figure 2C.
如图3A所示,本公开实施例提供了一种信息处理方法,由第一网络设备执行,包括:As shown in FIG3A , an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is executed by a first network device and includes:
S3101:接收第一信号。S3101: Receive a first signal.
在一些实施例中,第一网络设备接收第二小区的第二网络设备发送的第一信号。In some embodiments, the first network device receives a first signal sent by a second network device in the second cell.
在一些实施例中,第一网络设备接收第二网络设备发送的第一指示和/或第二指示。In some embodiments, the first network device receives the first indication and/or the second indication sent by the second network device.
在一些实施例中,第一网络设备接收UE发送的第一信号。In some embodiments, the first network device receives a first signal sent by the UE.
在一些实施例中,第一网络设备接收UE发送的WUS。In some embodiments, the first network device receives a WUS sent by the UE.
在一些实施例中,第一信号用于第一小区在第一状态和第二状态之间状态切换。In some embodiments, the first signal is used for state switching of the first cell between a first state and a second state.
在一些实施例中,第一小区在第一状态下停止第一传输。In some embodiments, the first cell stops the first transmission in the first state.
在一些实施例中,第一小区在第二状态下执行第一传输。In some embodiments, the first cell performs the first transmission in the second state.
本公开实施例中,第一信号、第一传输、第一小区、第二小区、第一指示、第二指示以及WUS的相关描述参见图2A至图2D对应的描述。In the embodiment of the present disclosure, for the related descriptions of the first signal, the first transmission, the first cell, the second cell, the first indication, the second indication and the WUS, please refer to the corresponding descriptions of Figures 2A to 2D.
S3102:发送第二信号。S3102: Send a second signal.
在一些实施例中,第二信号为第一信号的反馈信号。In some embodiments, the second signal is a feedback signal of the first signal.
在一些实施例中,第二信号为第一信号的确认信号。In some embodiments, the second signal is a confirmation signal of the first signal.
在一些实施例中,第一信号来自第二网络设备,向第二网络设备发送第二信号。In some embodiments, the first signal comes from the second network device, and the second signal is sent to the second network device.
在一些实施例中,第一信号来自UE,则向UE发送第二信号。In some embodiments, the first signal comes from a UE, and the second signal is sent to the UE.
在一些实施例中,S3102是可选步骤,例如,第一网络设备默认执行第一状态和第二状态之间的切换,则无需发送第二信号。In some embodiments, S3102 is an optional step. For example, the first network device performs switching between the first state and the second state by default, and there is no need to send the second signal.
S3103:确定第一小区执行第一传输的时段。S3103: Determine a time period during which the first cell performs the first transmission.
在一些实施例中,S3103的可选实施方式可参见图2A至图2D对应实施例的任意一个可选实施方式。In some embodiments, the optional implementation of S3103 can refer to any optional implementation of the corresponding embodiments of Figures 2A to 2D.
如图3B所示,本公开实施例提供了一种信息处理方法,由第一网络设备执行,包括:As shown in FIG3B , an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is executed by a first network device and includes:
S3201:发送第一信号。S3201: Send a first signal.
在一些实施例中,第一网络设备向第二小区的第二网络设备发送第一信号。In some embodiments, the first network device sends a first signal to a second network device in the second cell.
在一些实施例中,第一网络设备向第二小区的第二网络设备发送第一指示和/或第二指示。In some embodiments, the first network device sends the first indication and/or the second indication to the second network device of the second cell.
在一些实施例中,第一网络设备向UE发送第一信号。In some embodiments, the first network device sends a first signal to the UE.
在一些实施例中,第一网络设备向UE发送第一指示和/或第二指示。In some embodiments, the first network device sends the first indication and/or the second indication to the UE.
在一些实施例中,第一信号用于第一小区在第一状态和第二状态之间状态切换。 In some embodiments, the first signal is used for state switching of the first cell between a first state and a second state.
在一些实施例中,第一小区在第一状态下停止第一传输。In some embodiments, the first cell stops the first transmission in the first state.
在一些实施例中,第一小区在第二状态下执行第一传输。In some embodiments, the first cell performs the first transmission in the second state.
本公开实施例中,第一信号、第一传输、第一小区、第二小区、第一指示、第二指示以及WUS的相关描述参见图2A至图2D对应的描述。In the embodiment of the present disclosure, for the related descriptions of the first signal, the first transmission, the first cell, the second cell, the first indication, the second indication and the WUS, please refer to the corresponding descriptions of Figures 2A to 2D.
S3202:接收第二信号。S3202: Receive a second signal.
在一些实施例中,第二信号为第一信号的反馈信号。In some embodiments, the second signal is a feedback signal of the first signal.
在一些实施例中,第二信号为第一信号的确认信号。In some embodiments, the second signal is a confirmation signal of the first signal.
在一些实施例中,第一信号发送至第二网络设备,则从第二网络设备接收第二信号。In some embodiments, the first signal is sent to the second network device, and the second signal is received from the second network device.
在一些实施例中,第一信号发送至UE,则从UE接收第二信号。In some embodiments, the first signal is sent to a UE, and the second signal is received from the UE.
在一些实施例中,S3202是可选步骤,例如,第一网络设备默认执行第一状态和第二状态之间的切换,则无需接收第二信号。In some embodiments, S3202 is an optional step. For example, the first network device performs switching between the first state and the second state by default, and there is no need to receive the second signal.
S3203:确定第一小区执行第一传输的时段。S3203: Determine a time period during which the first cell performs the first transmission.
在一些实施例中,S3103的可选实施方式可参见图2A至图2D对应实施例的任意一个可选实施方式。In some embodiments, the optional implementation of S3103 can refer to any optional implementation of the corresponding embodiments of Figures 2A to 2D.
如图4A所示,本公开实施例提供了一种信息处理方法,由UE执行,包括:As shown in FIG4A , an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is executed by a UE and includes:
S4101:UE发送第一信号。S4101: UE sends a first signal.
在一些实施例中,UE向第一网络设备或第二网络设备发送第一信号。In some embodiments, the UE sends a first signal to the first network device or the second network device.
第一网络设备为第一小区的接入网络设备。第二网络设备为第二小区的网络设备。在载波聚合和/或双连接的场景下,第一小区为辅小区且第二小区为主小区。The first network device is an access network device of the first cell. The second network device is a network device of the second cell. In a scenario of carrier aggregation and/or dual connectivity, the first cell is a secondary cell and the second cell is a primary cell.
在一些实施例中,UE向第一网络设备或第二网络设备发送的WUS。In some embodiments, the UE sends a WUS to the first network device or the second network device.
在一些实施例中,第一信号用于第一小区在第一状态和第二状态之间状态切换。In some embodiments, the first signal is used for state switching of the first cell between a first state and a second state.
在一些实施例中,第一小区在第一状态下停止第一传输。In some embodiments, the first cell stops the first transmission in the first state.
在一些实施例中,第一小区在第二状态下执行第一传输。In some embodiments, the first cell performs the first transmission in the second state.
本公开实施例中,第一信号、第一传输、第一小区、第二小区、WUS的相关描述参见图2A至图2D对应的描述。In the embodiment of the present disclosure, for the related descriptions of the first signal, the first transmission, the first cell, the second cell, and the WUS, please refer to the corresponding descriptions of Figures 2A to 2D.
S4102:UE接收第二信号。S4102: The UE receives a second signal.
在一些实施例中,第二信号为第一信号的反馈信号。In some embodiments, the second signal is a feedback signal of the first signal.
在一些实施例中,第二信号为第一信号的确认信号。In some embodiments, the second signal is a confirmation signal of the first signal.
在一些实施例中,第一信号发送至第二网络设备,接收第二网络设备发送的第二信号。In some embodiments, the first signal is sent to the second network device, and the second signal sent by the second network device is received.
在一些实施例中,第一信号发送至第一网络设备,接收第一网络设备发送的第二信号。In some embodiments, a first signal is sent to a first network device, and a second signal sent by the first network device is received.
在一些实施例中,S4102是可选步骤,例如,第一网络设备默认执行第一状态和第二状态之间的切换,则无需发送第二信号。In some embodiments, S4102 is an optional step. For example, the first network device performs switching between the first state and the second state by default, and there is no need to send the second signal.
S4103:UE确定第一小区执行第一传输的时段。S4103: The UE determines a time period in which the first cell performs the first transmission.
在一些实施例中,S4103的可选实施方式可参见图2A至图2D对应实施例的任意一个可选实施方式。In some embodiments, the optional implementation of S4103 can refer to any optional implementation of the corresponding embodiments of Figures 2A to 2D.
如图4B所示,本公开实施例提供了一种信息处理方法,由UE执行,包括:As shown in FIG4B , an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is executed by a UE and includes:
S4201:UE接收第一信号。S4201: UE receives a first signal.
在一些实施例中,UE接收第一网络设备或第二网络设备发送的第一信号。In some embodiments, the UE receives a first signal sent by the first network device or the second network device.
第一网络设备为第一小区的接入网络设备。第二网络设备为第二小区的网络设备。在载波聚合和/或双连接的场景下,第一小区为辅小区且第二小区为主小区。The first network device is an access network device of the first cell. The second network device is a network device of the second cell. In a scenario of carrier aggregation and/or dual connectivity, the first cell is a secondary cell and the second cell is a primary cell.
在一些实施例中,UE接收第一网络设备或第二网络设备发送的第一指示和/或第二指示。In some embodiments, the UE receives the first indication and/or the second indication sent by the first network device or the second network device.
在一些实施例中,第一信号用于第一小区在第一状态和第二状态之间状态切换。In some embodiments, the first signal is used for state switching of the first cell between a first state and a second state.
在一些实施例中,第一小区在第一状态下停止第一传输。In some embodiments, the first cell stops the first transmission in the first state.
在一些实施例中,第一小区在第二状态下执行第一传输。In some embodiments, the first cell performs the first transmission in the second state.
本公开实施例中,第一信号、第一传输、第一小区、第二小区、第一指示、第二指示的相关描述参见图2A至图2D对应的描述。In the embodiments of the present disclosure, for the related descriptions of the first signal, the first transmission, the first cell, the second cell, the first indication, and the second indication, please refer to the corresponding descriptions of Figures 2A to 2D.
S4202:发送第二信号。S4202: Send a second signal.
在一些实施例中,第二信号为第一信号的反馈信号。In some embodiments, the second signal is a feedback signal of the first signal.
在一些实施例中,第二信号为第一信号的确认信号。In some embodiments, the second signal is a confirmation signal of the first signal.
在一些实施例中,第一信号来自第二网络设备,向第二网络设备发送第二信号。In some embodiments, the first signal comes from the second network device, and the second signal is sent to the second network device.
在一些实施例中,第一信号来自第一网络设备,则向第一网络设备发送第二信号。 In some embodiments, the first signal comes from a first network device, and the second signal is sent to the first network device.
在一些实施例中,S4202是可选步骤,例如,第一网络设备默认执行第一状态和第二状态之间的切换,则无需发送第二信号。In some embodiments, S4202 is an optional step. For example, the first network device performs switching between the first state and the second state by default, and there is no need to send the second signal.
S4203:确定第一小区执行第一传输的时段。S4203: Determine a time period during which the first cell performs the first transmission.
在一些实施例中,S4203的可选实施方式可参见图2A至图2D对应实施例的任意一个可选实施方式。In some embodiments, the optional implementation of S4203 can refer to any optional implementation of the corresponding embodiments of Figures 2A to 2D.
如图5所示,本公开实施例提供了一种信息处理方法,由第二网络设备执行,包括:As shown in FIG5 , an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is executed by a second network device and includes:
S5101:接收第一信号。S5101: Receive a first signal.
在一些实施例中,接收UE发送的第一信号。In some embodiments, a first signal sent by a UE is received.
在一些实施例中,第二网络设备接收UE发送的WUS。In some embodiments, the second network device receives the WUS sent by the UE.
值得注意的是,S5101是可选步骤,第二网络设备可以不用接收UE发送的第一信号。It is worth noting that S5101 is an optional step, and the second network device may not receive the first signal sent by the UE.
S5102:发送第一信号。S5102: Send a first signal.
在一些实施例中,第二网络设备向第一网络设备发送第一信号。In some embodiments, the second network device sends a first signal to the first network device.
在一些实施例中,接收到UE发送的第一信号,向第一网络设备发送的第一信号。示例性地,接收到UE发送的WUS,向第一网络设备发送的第一指示、第二指示或转发UE提供的WUS。In some embodiments, a first signal sent by a UE is received, and a first signal is sent to a first network device. For example, a WUS sent by a UE is received, and a first indication, a second indication is sent to the first network device, or a WUS provided by the UE is forwarded.
在一些实施例中,第二网络设备自发向第一网络设备发送第一信号,即无需接收到UE发送的WUS,第二网络设备也会向第一网络设备发送第一信号。In some embodiments, the second network device autonomously sends the first signal to the first network device, that is, the second network device also sends the first signal to the first network device without receiving the WUS sent by the UE.
在一些实施例中,第一网络设备为第一小区的接入网络设备。第二网络设备为第二小区的网络设备。在载波聚合和/或双连接的场景下,第一小区为辅小区且第二小区为主小区。In some embodiments, the first network device is an access network device of a first cell. The second network device is a network device of a second cell. In a scenario of carrier aggregation and/or dual connectivity, the first cell is a secondary cell and the second cell is a primary cell.
在一些实施例中,第一信号用于第一小区在第一状态和第二状态之间状态切换。In some embodiments, the first signal is used for state switching of the first cell between a first state and a second state.
在一些实施例中,第一小区在第一状态下停止第一传输。In some embodiments, the first cell stops the first transmission in the first state.
在一些实施例中,第一小区在第二状态下执行第一传输。In some embodiments, the first cell performs the first transmission in the second state.
本公开实施例中,第一信号、第一传输、第一小区、第二小区、第一指示、第二指示的相关描述参见图2A至图2D对应的描述。In the embodiments of the present disclosure, for the related descriptions of the first signal, the first transmission, the first cell, the second cell, the first indication, and the second indication, please refer to the corresponding descriptions of Figures 2A to 2D.
S5103:接收第二信号。S5103: Receive a second signal.
第二网络设备接收第一网络设备发送的第二信号。The second network device receives the second signal sent by the first network device.
在一些实施例中,第二信号为第一信号的反馈信号。In some embodiments, the second signal is a feedback signal of the first signal.
在一些实施例中,第二信号为第一信号的确认信号。In some embodiments, the second signal is a confirmation signal of the first signal.
在一些实施例中,第一信号发送至第二网络设备,接收第二网络设备发送的第二信号。In some embodiments, the first signal is sent to the second network device, and the second signal sent by the second network device is received.
在一些实施例中,第一信号发送至第一网络设备,接收第一网络设备发送的第二信号。In some embodiments, a first signal is sent to a first network device, and a second signal sent by the first network device is received.
在一些实施例中,S4102是可选步骤,例如,第一网络设备默认执行第一状态和第二状态之间的切换,则无需发送第二信号。In some embodiments, S4102 is an optional step. For example, the first network device performs switching between the first state and the second state by default, and there is no need to send the second signal.
S5104:发送第二信号。S5104: Send a second signal.
在接收到第二信号之后且第二网络设备是基于UE发送的第一信号向第一网络设备发送第二信号。After receiving the second signal, the second network device sends a second signal to the first network device based on the first signal sent by the UE.
在一些实施例中,若第二网络设备未接收到UE发送的第一信号,则无需发送第二信号。In some embodiments, if the second network device does not receive the first signal sent by the UE, it does not need to send the second signal.
UE假设基站会周期性发送SSB和/或SIB1,UE在配置的时频位置接收SSB和/或SIB1即可。基站使用on-demand SSB和/或SIB1技术后,辅小区(Secondary Cell,SCell)上触发on-demand SSB后,终端期望可在Scell上进行接收下行信号或发送上行信号等操作的时间不晚于时隙n+K。The UE assumes that the base station periodically transmits SSBs and/or SIB1s. The UE receives SSBs and/or SIB1s at the configured time-frequency locations. When the base station uses on-demand SSBs and/or SIB1s, and an on-demand SSB is triggered on the secondary cell (SCell), the UE expects to receive downlink signals or transmit uplink signals on the SCell no later than timeslot n+K.
本方案将用于基站规定n和K的取值,使能终端在合适的时间内在Scell上进行接收下行信号或发送上行信号等操作。This solution will be used by the base station to specify the values of n and K, enabling the terminal to receive downlink signals or send uplink signals on the Scell within an appropriate time.
终端侧:SCell上触发on-demand SSB后,终端在Scell上进行接收下行信号或发送上行信号等操作的时间不晚于时隙n+K。Terminal side: After the on-demand SSB is triggered on the SCell, the terminal receives downlink signals or sends uplink signals on the SCell no later than time slot n+K.
方案1:时间n和K可根据下述方法确定:Solution 1: Time n and K can be determined according to the following method:
时隙n为第一信号所在的时隙,或者第一信号的确认信号所在时隙。The time slot n is the time slot where the first signal is located, or the time slot where the confirmation signal of the first signal is located.
第一信号包括UE发送的WUS信号或本基站发送的cell on/off indication或其他基站发送的cell on/off indication或本基站发送的Scell activation/deactivation signaling或其他基站发送的Scell activation/deactivation signaling中的一种或者多种信号。The first signal includes one or more of the following signals: a WUS signal sent by the UE, a cell on/off indication sent by the base station, or a cell on/off indication sent by other base stations, or an Scell activation/deactivation signaling sent by the base station or other base stations.
第一信号的确认信号为基站收到第一信号后,发送给UE的确认信号,或者,第一信号的确认信号为UE收到第一信号后,发送给本基站或其他基站的确认信号。The confirmation signal of the first signal is a confirmation signal sent by the base station to the UE after receiving the first signal, or the confirmation signal of the first signal is a confirmation signal sent by the UE to the base station or other base stations after receiving the first signal.
K的取值与第一条件和/或第二条件有关。The value of K is related to the first condition and/or the second condition.
第一条件包括以下至少一项: The first condition includes at least one of the following:
第一信号的类别,第一信号的类别包括UE发送WUS信号/本基站发送的cell on/off indication或其他基站发送的cell on/off indication via backhaul,本基站发送的Scell activation/deactivation signaling或其他基站发送的Scell activation/deactivation signaling等;Category of the first signal, where the category of the first signal includes a WUS signal sent by the UE, a cell on/off indication sent by the base station, a cell on/off indication via backhaul sent by another base station, an Scell activation/deactivation signaling sent by the base station, or an Scell activation/deactivation signaling sent by another base station;
Scell所在的频段为FR1或FR2;The frequency band where the Scell is located is FR1 or FR2;
Scell为已知小区或者未知小区;Scell is a known cell or an unknown cell;
Scell的L3measurement period取值,如SSB或CSI-RS的L3measurement period取值;The L3 measurement period value of the Scell, such as the L3 measurement period value of the SSB or CSI-RS;
Scell的SMTC是否有配置;Is the SMTC configured for the Scell?
UE是否有多个Scell;Whether the UE has multiple Scells;
UE在该Scell上是否配置有其他参考信号来减小K的取值,如非周期的TRS,CSI-RS;Whether the UE is configured with other reference signals on the Scell to reduce the value of K, such as aperiodic TRS and CSI-RS;
UE在该Scell使用semi-persistent CSI-RS或periodic CSI-RS用于CSI reporting;The UE uses semi-persistent CSI-RS or periodic CSI-RS for CSI reporting in this Scell;
UE是否满足 Does the UE meet
在FR1频段上,UE是否有至少一个与Scell在频域相邻的激活的服务小区;In the FR1 frequency band, whether the UE has at least one activated serving cell adjacent to the Scell in the frequency domain;
在FR2频段上,UE是否有至少一个与Scell在频域相邻的激活的服务小区;In the FR2 frequency band, whether the UE has at least one activated serving cell adjacent to the Scell in the frequency domain;
在Scell所在的FR2频段上,UE是否至少有一个激活的服务小区。In the FR2 frequency band where the Scell is located, whether the UE has at least one activated serving cell.
第二条件包括以下至少一项:The second condition includes at least one of the following:
SSB是否使用新的结构;Whether SSB uses a new structure;
新的SSB结构为简化SSB:仅包含PSS和SSS,不包括PBCH;The new SSB structure is a simplified SSB: it only includes PSS and SSS, but not PBCH;
新的SSB结构为compact SSB:一个SSB突发集(burst)内,SSB波束间时域无符号间隔或符号间隔减少;The new SSB structure is compact SSB: within an SSB burst, there is no symbol interval or the symbol interval is reduced between SSB beams in the time domain.
新的SSB结构为compact SSB:SSB突发集(burst)内和/或SSB突发集(burst)间,SSB波束间时域无符号间隔或符号间隔减少;The new SSB structure is compact SSB: within and/or between SSB bursts, there is no symbol gap or reduced symbol gap in the time domain between SSB beams;
SSB是否使用新的图样(pattern);Whether SSB uses a new pattern;
新的图样(pattern)中,SSB突发集(burst)仅包含第一信号指定的波束/第一信号对应的波束/第一信号对应的波束以及前后n1个波束中的有效波束;In the new pattern, the SSB burst set only includes the beam specified by the first signal/the beam corresponding to the first signal/the beam corresponding to the first signal and the valid beams among the preceding and following n1 beams;
新的图样(pattern)中,SSB突发集(burst)仅包含第二信号指定的波束/第二信号对应的波束/第二信号对应的波束以及前后n1个波束中的有效波束;n1为大于或等于0的整数。In the new pattern, the SSB burst set only includes the beam specified by the second signal/the beam corresponding to the second signal/the beam corresponding to the second signal and the valid beams among the n1 beams before and after; n1 is an integer greater than or equal to 0.
SSB突发集(burst)为新的SSB结构或者已有的SSB结构;The SSB burst set (burst) is a new SSB structure or an existing SSB structure;
SSB突发集(burst)支持新的周期时长,如小于5ms的周期;SSB burst sets (burst) support new cycle lengths, such as cycles less than 5ms;
SSB结构为新的SSB结构或协议中已有的SSB结构;The SSB structure is a new SSB structure or an existing SSB structure in the protocol;
SSB是否使用新的功率控制参数ss-PBCH-BlockPower;Whether SSB uses the new power control parameter ss-PBCH-BlockPower;
可选地,第一需求包括UE需要AGC、小区检测(cell detection)、时频跟踪(time-frequency tracking)和/或L1测量与上报等一个或多个需求,第一需求可根据第一条件确定。Optionally, the first requirement includes one or more requirements such as the UE requiring AGC, cell detection, time-frequency tracking and/or L1 measurement and reporting, and the first requirement can be determined based on the first condition.
具体的,已知小区和未知小区的定义如下:Specifically, the definitions of known cells and unknown cells are as follows:
SCell所在的频段为FR1时,满足如下条件时为SCell是已知小区:When the frequency band of an SCell is FR1, the SCell is a known cell if the following conditions are met:
在第一信号和/或第一信号的确认信号的前max(5*measCycleSCell,5*DRX cycles)时间内,在触发on-demand SSB的Scell上,UE已经发送了有效的测量报告;根据小区鉴定准则,测量的SSB依旧是可检测的;根据小区鉴定准则,在第一信号和/或第一信号的确认信号的前max(5*measCycleSCell,5*DRX cycles)时间内测量的SSB在n+K内,测量的SSB依旧是可检测的;否则,SCell是未知小区。Within max(5*measCycleSCell,5*DRX cycles) time before the first signal and/or the confirmation signal of the first signal, the UE has sent a valid measurement report on the Scell that triggers the on-demand SSB; according to the cell identification criteria, the measured SSB is still detectable if the SSB measured within max(5*measCycleSCell,5*DRX cycles) time before the first signal and/or the confirmation signal of the first signal is within n+K, and the measured SSB is still detectable according to the cell identification criteria; otherwise, the SCell is an unknown cell.
measCycleSCell是SCell的测量周期。measCycleSCell is the measurement cycle of SCell.
DRX cycles代表非连续接收(Discontinuous Reception,DRX)周期,可由网络设备通过高层信令配置。DRX cycles stands for Discontinuous Reception (DRX) cycles, which can be configured by network devices through high-level signaling.
SCell使用的频段属于FR2时,满足如下条件时为SCell是已知小区:When the frequency band used by an SCell belongs to FR2, the SCell is considered a known cell if the following conditions are met:
在UE收到最近一次用于PDCCH TCI、PDSCH TCI和用于信道质量指示(Channel Quality Indication,CQI)上报的半持续CSI-RS的激活信令的前4s(适用于支持power class 1/5的UE)或3s(适用于支持power class 2/3/4的UE)时间内,在触发on-demand SSB的Scell上,UE已经发送了携带SSB索引有效L3-RSRP测量报告;在第一信号和/或第一信号的确认信号在L3-RSRP测量报告之前,但不晚于用于PDCCH TCI,PDSCH TCI和用于CQI上报的半持续CSI-RS的激活信令;根据小区鉴定准则,在L3-RSRP测量报告上报与有效的CQI上报期间,包含SSB索引的L3-RSRP测量报告依旧是可检测的,TCI状态根据最近一次上报的SSB索引中的一个确定,否则SCell是未知小区。 Within 4 seconds (applicable to UEs supporting power class 1/5) or 3 seconds (applicable to UEs supporting power class 2/3/4) before the UE receives the most recent activation signaling for PDCCH TCI, PDSCH TCI and semi-persistent CSI-RS for channel quality indication (CQI) reporting, the UE has sent a valid L3-RSRP measurement report with an SSB index on the Scell that triggers the on-demand SSB; the first signal and/or the confirmation signal of the first signal precedes the L3-RSRP measurement report but no later than the activation signaling for PDCCH TCI, PDSCH TCI and semi-persistent CSI-RS for CQI reporting; according to the cell identification criteria, during the period between the L3-RSRP measurement report reporting and the valid CQI reporting, the L3-RSRP measurement report including the SSB index is still detectable, and the TCI status is determined based on one of the most recently reported SSB indices, otherwise the SCell is an unknown cell.
基站侧:SCell上触发on-demand SSB后,基站在Scell上进行接收上行信号或发送下行信号等操作的时间不晚于时隙n+k。On the base station side: After the on-demand SSB is triggered on the SCell, the base station receives uplink signals or sends downlink signals on the Scell no later than time slot n+k.
方法1:时间n和k可根据下述方法确定,具体方法如终端侧方法1,在此不再赘述。Method 1: Time n and k can be determined according to the following method. The specific method is the same as terminal side method 1 and will not be repeated here.
实施例1Example 1
SCell上触发on-demand SSB后,终端期望可在Scell上进行接收下行信号或发送上行信号等操作的时间不晚于时隙n+k,n和k可根据下述方法确定。After the on-demand SSB is triggered on the SCell, the terminal expects to receive downlink signals or send uplink signals on the SCell no later than time slot n+k, where n and k are determined as follows.
时隙n为第一信号所在的时隙,或者第一信号的确认信号所在时隙。The time slot n is the time slot where the first signal is located, or the time slot where the confirmation signal of the first signal is located.
第一信号包UE发送的WUS信号或本基站发送的cell on/off indication或其他基站发送的cell on/off indication或本基站发送的Scell activation/deactivation signaling或其他基站发送的Scell activation/deactivation signaling中的一种或者多种信号。The first signal packet includes one or more of the WUS signal sent by the UE, the cell on/off indication sent by this base station, the cell on/off indication sent by other base stations, the Scell activation/deactivation signaling sent by this base station, or the Scell activation/deactivation signaling sent by other base stations.
第一信号的确认信号为基站收到第一信号后,发送给UE的确认信号,或者,第一信号的确认信号为UE收到第一信号后,发送给本基站或其他基站的确认信号。The confirmation signal of the first signal is a confirmation signal sent by the base station to the UE after receiving the first signal, or the confirmation signal of the first signal is a confirmation signal sent by the UE to the base station or other base stations after receiving the first signal.
k的取值与第一条件和/或第二条件有关。The value of k is related to the first condition and/or the second condition.
第一条件包括以下至少一项:The first condition includes at least one of the following:
第一信号的类别,第一信号的类别包括UE发送WUS信号/本基站发送的cell on/off indication或其他基站发送的cell on/off indication via backhaul,本基站发送的Scell activation/deactivation signaling或其他基站发送的Scell activation/deactivation signaling等。Category of the first signal, category of the first signal includes WUS signal sent by UE/cell on/off indication sent by this base station or cell on/off indication via backhaul sent by other base stations, Scell activation/deactivation signaling sent by this base station or Scell activation/deactivation signaling sent by other base stations, etc.
Scell所在的频段为FR1或FR2。The frequency band where the Scell is located is FR1 or FR2.
Scell为已知小区或者未知小区。The Scell is a known cell or an unknown cell.
Scell的层3测量期间(L3measurement period)的取值,如SSB或CSI-RS的层3测量期间(L3measurement period)取值。The value of the layer 3 measurement period (L3measurement period) of the Scell, such as the value of the layer 3 measurement period (L3measurement period) of the SSB or CSI-RS.
Scell的SMTC是否有配置。Check whether the SMTC of the Scell is configured.
UE是否有多个Scell。Whether the UE has multiple Scells.
UE在该Scell上是否配置有其他参考信号来减小K的取值,如非周期的TRS和/或CSI-RS。Whether the UE is configured with other reference signals on the Scell to reduce the value of K, such as aperiodic TRS and/or CSI-RS.
UE在该Scell使用semi-persistent CSI-RS或periodic CSI-RS用于CSI reporting。The UE uses semi-persistent CSI-RS or periodic CSI-RS for CSI reporting in the Scell.
UE是否满足 Does the UE meet
在FR1频段上,UE是否有至少一个与Scell在频域相邻的激活的服务小区。In the FR1 frequency band, the UE determines whether it has at least one activated serving cell adjacent to the Scell in the frequency domain.
在FR2频段上,UE是否有至少一个与Scell在频域相邻的激活的服务小区。In the FR2 frequency band, the UE determines whether it has at least one activated serving cell adjacent to the Scell in the frequency domain.
在Scell所在的FR2频段上,UE是否至少有一个激活的服务小区。In the FR2 frequency band where the Scell is located, whether the UE has at least one activated serving cell.
第二条件包括以下至少一项:The second condition includes at least one of the following:
SSB是否使用新的结构。Whether SSB uses the new structure.
新的SSB结构为simplified SSB:仅包含PSS和SSS,不包括PBCH。The new SSB structure is simplified SSB: it only contains PSS and SSS, but not PBCH.
新的SSB结构为compact SSB:一个SSB突发集(burst)内,SSB波束间符号无间隔或符号间隔减少。The new SSB structure is compact SSB: within an SSB burst, there is no symbol spacing between SSB beams or the symbol spacing is reduced.
新的SSB结构为compact SSB:SSB突发集(burst)内和/或SSB突发集(burst)间,SSB波束间无符号间隔或符号间隔减少。The new SSB structure is compact SSB: there is no symbol spacing or reduced symbol spacing between SSB beams within and/or between SSB bursts.
SSB是否使用新的图样(pattern)。Whether SSB uses a new pattern.
新的图样(pattern)中,SSB突发集(burst)仅包含第一信号指定的波束/第一信号对应的波束/第一信号对应的波束以及前后n1个波束中的有效波束。In the new pattern, the SSB burst set only includes the beam specified by the first signal/the beam corresponding to the first signal/the beam corresponding to the first signal and the valid beams among the preceding and following n1 beams.
新的图样(pattern)中,SSB突发集(burst)仅包含第二信号指定的波束/第二信号对应的波束/第二信号对应的波束以及前后n1个波束中的有效波束。n1为大于或等于0的整数。SSB突发集(burst)为新的SSB结构或者已有的SSB结构。In the new pattern, the SSB burst includes only the beam specified by the second signal, the beam corresponding to the second signal, the beam corresponding to the second signal, and valid beams from the preceding and following n1 beams. n1 is an integer greater than or equal to 0. The SSB burst is a new SSB structure or an existing SSB structure.
SSB突发集(burst)支持新的周期时长,如小于5ms的周期。The SSB burst supports new cycle lengths, such as cycles less than 5ms.
SSB结构为新的SSB结构或协议中已有的SSB结构。The SSB structure is a new SSB structure or an existing SSB structure in the protocol.
SSB是否使用新的功率控制参数(ss-PBCH-BlockPower)。Whether SSB uses the new power control parameter (ss-PBCH-BlockPower).
可选地,第一需求包括UE需要AGC、小区检测(cell detection)、时频跟踪(time-frequency tracking)和/或L1测量与上报等一个或多个需求。第一需求可根据第一条件和/或第二条件确定。Optionally, the first requirement includes one or more requirements such as the UE requiring AGC, cell detection, time-frequency tracking, and/or L1 measurement and reporting. The first requirement may be determined based on the first condition and/or the second condition.
具体示例如下: The following are some examples:
UE只有1个SCell时,k的取值为UE有超过1个SCell时,k的取值为:
When the UE has only one SCell, the value of k is When a UE has more than one SCell, the value of k is:
THARQ是DL信号传输与确认信号之间的间隔,通常单位是ms。T HARQ is the interval between DL signal transmission and acknowledgment signal, usually in milliseconds.
TCSI_Reporting是CSI上报的时延,单位可是ms。TCSI_Reporting包括获取第一个可用的CSI参考资源的不确定性所需时间、UE处理CSI报告所需时间和/或获取第一个可用的CSI上报资源的不确定性所需时间。T CSI_Reporting is the CSI reporting delay in milliseconds. T CSI_Reporting includes the time required to obtain the uncertainty of the first available CSI reference resource, the time required for the UE to process the CSI report, and/or the time required to obtain the uncertainty of the first available CSI reporting resource.
Tactivation_time是UE有1个SCell时的激活时间,单位是ms。T activation_time is the activation time when the UE has one SCell, in milliseconds.
Tactivation_time_multiple_scells是UE有超过1个SCell时的激活时间,单位是ms。T activation_time_multiple_scells is the activation time when the UE has more than one SCell, in ms.
NR slot length是NR时隙的时长,但是可是ms。NR slot length is the length of the NR slot, but it can be ms.
可选地,UE只有1个SCell时,k的取值为UE有超过1个SCell时,k的取值为 Optionally, when the UE has only one SCell, the value of k is When the UE has more than one SCell, the value of k is
UE只有1个SCell,SCell所在的频段为FR1时,Scell为已知小区时,Scell的层3测量期间(L3measurement period)不超过T1时,此时第一需求包括UE需要时频跟踪(time-frequency tracking),k的取值为第一值。When the UE has only one SCell, the frequency band where the SCell is located is FR1, the SCell is a known cell, and the Layer 3 measurement period (L3 measurement period) of the SCell does not exceed T1, the first requirement includes that the UE needs time-frequency tracking (time-frequency tracking), and the value of k is the first value.
示例性,第一值中Tactivation_time为TfirstSSB+5ms。Illustratively, in the first value, T activation_time is T firstSSB +5ms.
Scell的层3测量期间(L3measurement period)超过T1时,此时第一需求包括UE需要AGC和fine time-frequency tracking,k的取值为第二值。When the layer 3 measurement period (L3 measurement period) of the Scell exceeds T1, the first requirement includes that the UE needs AGC and fine time-frequency tracking, and the value of k is the second value.
示例性,第二值中Tactivation_time为TfirstSSB-max+Trs+5ms。Illustratively, in the second value, T activation_time is T firstSSB-max +T rs +5ms.
可选地,T1的取值为2400ms。Optionally, the value of T1 is 2400ms.
Scell为未知小区时,如果 When the Scell is an unknown cell, if
在满足第二条件且满足第三条件时,此时第一需求包括UE需要AGC和时频跟踪(time-frequency tracking),k的取值为第三值。When the second condition and the third condition are met, the first requirement includes that the UE needs AGC and time-frequency tracking, and the value of k is the third value.
示例性,第三值中Tactivation_time为TFirstSSB_MAX+TSMTC_MAX+Trs+5msFor example, in the third value, T activation_time is T FirstSSB_MAX + T SMTC_MAX + T rs + 5ms
在满足第二条件且满足不第三条件时,此时第一需求包括UE需要AGC、小区检测(cell detection)和时频跟踪(time-frequency tracking),k的取值为第四值。When the second condition is met and the third condition is not met, the first requirement includes that the UE needs AGC, cell detection and time-frequency tracking, and the value of k is the fourth value.
示例性,第四值中Tactivation_time为TFirstSSB_MAX+TSMTC_MAX+2*Trs+5ms。Illustratively, in the fourth value, T activation_time is T FirstSSB_MAX + T SMTC_MAX + 2*T rs + 5 ms.
在不满足第二条件时,此时第一需求包括UE需要AGC、小区检测(cell detection)和/或时频跟踪(time-frequency tracking),L1测量与上报,使用semi-persistent CSI-RS用于CSI reporting时,k取第五值。When the second condition is not met, the first requirement includes that the UE needs AGC, cell detection and/or time-frequency tracking, L1 measurement and reporting, and when semi-persistent CSI-RS is used for CSI reporting, k takes the fifth value.
示例性,第五值中Tactivation_time为:
6ms+TFirstSSB_MAX+TSMTC_MAX+Trs+TL1-RSRP,measure+TL1-RSRP,report+THARQ+max(Tuncertainty_MAC+
TFineTiming+2ms,Tuncertainty_SP)。For example, the fifth value T activation_time is:
6ms+T FirstSSB_MAX +T SMTC_MAX +T rs +T L1-RSRP,measure +T L1-RSRP,report +T HARQ +max(T uncertainty_MAC +
T FineTiming +2ms, T uncertainty_SP ).
使用周期性(periodic)CSI-RS用于CSI reporting时,k取第六值。When periodic CSI-RS is used for CSI reporting, k takes the sixth value.
示例性,第六值中Tactivation_time为:
3ms+TFirstSSB_MAX+TSMTC_MAX+Trs+TL1-RSRP,measure+TL1-RSRP,report+max(THARQ+Tuncertainty_MAC+
5ms+TFineTiming,Tuncertainty_RRC+TRRC_delay)。
For example, in the sixth value, T activation_time is:
3ms+T FirstSSB_MAX +T SMTC_MAX +T rs +T L1-RSRP,measure +T L1-RSRP,report +max(T HARQ +T uncertainty_MAC +
5ms+T FineTiming ,T uncertainty_RRC +T RRC_delay ).
第二条件:SSB中仅有1个波束需要测量。Second condition: There is only one beam in SSB that needs to be measured.
SSB位置突发集(ssb-PositionInBurst)中仅有1个SSB用于实际传输,或第一信号/第一信号的确认信号指示ssb-PositionInBurst中的1个SSB用于实际传输。Only one SSB in the SSB position burst set (ssb-PositionInBurst) is used for actual transmission, or the first signal/the confirmation signal of the first signal indicates that one SSB in the ssb-PositionInBurst is used for actual transmission.
其中,SSB位置突发集也可称为SSB突发集,指所有SSB波束方向组成的集合。The SSB position burst set may also be referred to as an SSB burst set, which refers to a set consisting of all SSB beam directions.
第三条件包括以下至少之一:The third condition includes at least one of the following:
SCell与相同频段上的一个激活的服务小区(Cell#m)频域相邻。The SCell is frequency-domain adjacent to an activated serving cell (Cell#m) on the same frequency band.
SCell与Cell#m的ssb-PositionInBurst相同。The ssb-PositionInBurst of SCell is the same as that of Cell#m.
SCell与Cell#m的SMTC中配置的偏移量(offset)相同。The offset configured in the SMTC of SCell is the same as that of Cell#m.
SCell与Cell#m的RTD不超过T2,SCell与Cell#m的接收功率差值不超过P1。The RTD between SCell and Cell#m does not exceed T2, and the difference in received power between SCell and Cell#m does not exceed P1.
可选地,T2取值260ns,P1取值6dB。Optionally, T2 is set to 260 ns and P1 is set to 6 dB.
在FR1频段上,UE有至少一个与Scell在频域相邻的激活的服务小区Cell#n,且Cell#n满足第四条件,k取第七值。In the FR1 frequency band, the UE has at least one activated serving cell Cell#n adjacent to the Scell in the frequency domain, and Cell#n meets the fourth condition, and k takes the seventh value.
可选地,第四条件为Cell#n为SSB-less的小区。Optionally, the fourth condition is that Cell#n is an SSB-less cell.
可选地,第七值中Tactivation_time为3ms。Optionally, in the seventh value, T activation_time is 3 ms.
UE只有1个SCell,SCell所在的频段为FR2时,至少有一个激活的服务小区Cell#p与SCell在相同的频段。When the UE has only one SCell and the frequency band where the SCell is located is FR2, there must be at least one activated serving cell Cell#p in the same frequency band as the SCell.
在满足第五条件时,此时第一需求包括UE需要时频跟踪(time-frequency tracking),k的取值为第八值。When the fifth condition is met, the first requirement includes that the UE needs time-frequency tracking, and the value of k is the eighth value.
示例性,第八值中Tactivation_time为TfirstSSB+5ms。Illustratively, in the eighth value, T activation_time is T firstSSB +5ms.
在满足第六条件时,K的取值为第九值,可选地第九值中Tactivation_time为3ms。When the sixth condition is met, the value of K is a ninth value. Optionally, in the ninth value, T activation_time is 3 ms.
第五条件包括以下至少之一:The fifth condition includes at least one of the following:
SCell配置了SMTC;SCell is configured with SMTC;
Scell与Cell#p在一个OFDM符号上的下行空域传输滤波器相同;The downlink spatial transmission filters of Scell and Cell#p in one OFDM symbol are the same;
SCell与Cell#p的ssb-PositionInBurst相同;The ssb-PositionInBurst of SCell and Cell#p are the same;
SCell与相同频段上频域相邻的Cell#p2的SSB在相同的半帧内。The SSBs of the SCell and the frequency-adjacent Cell#p2 on the same frequency band are in the same half-frame.
第六条件至少包括以下至少之一:The sixth condition includes at least one of the following:
SCell未配置SMTC;SMTC is not configured for the SCell.
无一个激活的服务小区与SCell在相同的频段。There is no activated serving cell in the same frequency band as the SCell.
在Scell为已知小区时,此时第一需求包括UE需要L1测量与上报。When the Scell is a known cell, the first requirement includes that the UE needs L1 measurement and reporting.
使用semi-persistent CSI-RS用于CSI reporting时,k取第十值。When using semi-persistent CSI-RS for CSI reporting, k takes the tenth value.
示例性,第十值中Tactivation_time为:
3ms+max(Tuncertainty_MAC+TFineTiming+2ms,Tuncertainty_SP)。For example, in the tenth value, T activation_time is:
3ms+max(T uncertainty_MAC +T FineTiming +2ms,T uncertainty_SP ).
使用periodic CSI-RS用于CSI reporting时,k取第十一值。When periodic CSI-RS is used for CSI reporting, k takes the eleventh value.
示例性,第十一值中Tactivation_time为:
max(Tuncertainty_MAC+5ms+TFineTiming,Tuncertainty_RRC+TRRC_delay-THARQ)。For example, the eleventh value T activation_time is:
max(T uncertainty_MAC +5ms+T FineTiming ,T uncertainty_RRC +T RRC_delay -T HARQ ).
在Scell为未知小区时,如果此时第一需求包括UE需要AGC,cell detection,时频跟踪(time-frequency tracking),L1测量与上报。When the Scell is an unknown cell, if At this time, the first requirement includes that the UE needs AGC, cell detection, time-frequency tracking, and L1 measurement and reporting.
使用semi-persistent CSI-RS用于CSI reporting时,k取第十二值When using semi-persistent CSI-RS for CSI reporting, k takes the twelfth value
示例性,第十二值中Tactivation_time为:
6ms+TFirstSSB_MAX+15*TSMTC_MAX+8*Trs+TL1-RSRP,measure+TL1-RSRP,report+THARQ+
max(Tuncertainty_MAC+TFineTiming+2ms,Tuncertainty_SP)。For example, the twelfth value T activation_time is:
6ms+T FirstSSB_MAX +15*T SMTC_MAX +8*T rs +T L1-RSRP,measure +T L1-RSRP,report +T HARQ +
max(T uncertainty_MAC +T FineTiming +2ms,T uncertainty_SP ).
使用periodic CSI-RS用于CSI reporting时,k取第十三值。When periodic CSI-RS is used for CSI reporting, k takes the thirteenth value.
示例性,第十三值中Tactivation_time为:
3ms+TFirstSSB_MAX+15*TSMTC_MAX+8*Trs+TL1-RSRP,measure+TL1-RSRP,report+max{(THARQ+
Tuncertainty_MAC+5ms+TFineTiming),(Tuncertainty_RRC+TRRC_delay)}。For example, the thirteenth value T activation_time is:
3ms+T FirstSSB_MAX +15*T SMTC_MAX +8*T rs +T L1-RSRP,measure +T L1-RSRP,report +max{(T HARQ +
T uncertainty_MAC +5ms+T FineTiming ),(T uncertainty_RRC +T RRC_delay )}.
在FR2频段上,UE有至少一个与Scell在频域相邻的激活的服务小区Cell#q,且Cell#q满足第七条件,k取第十四值。 In the FR2 frequency band, the UE has at least one activated serving cell Cell#q adjacent to the Scell in the frequency domain, and Cell#q meets the seventh condition, and k takes the fourteenth value.
可选地,第七条件为Cell#n为SSB-less的小区Optionally, the seventh condition is that Cell#n is an SSB-less cell.
可选地,第十四值中Tactivation_time为3ms。Optionally, in the fourteenth value, T activation_time is 3 ms.
对于UE只有1个SCell,Tactivation_time取值涉及的变量定义如下:
TSMTC_MAX:For a UE with only one SCell, the variables involved in the value of T activation_time are defined as follows:
T SMTC_MAX :
SCell在FR1和FR2上SCell和激活的服务小区为同频段(Intra-band),In FR1 and FR2, the SCell and the activated serving cell are in the same frequency band (Intra-band).
TSMTC_MAX是SCell和激活的服务小区中较大的SMTC周期。T SMTC_MAX is the larger SMTC period between the SCell and the activated serving cell.
SCell和激活的服务小区为异频段(Inter-band),TSMTC_MAX是SCell的SMTC周期。The SCell and the activated serving cell are in different frequency bands (Inter-band), and T SMTC_MAX is the SMTC period of the SCell.
TSMTC_MAX的最小值为10ms。The minimum value of T SMTC_MAX is 10ms.
Trs:SCell有SMTC配置:T rs : SCell has SMTC configuration:
Trs是SCell的SMTC周期。T rs is the SMTC period of the SCell.
与SCell同频且子载波间隔(SubCarrierSpace,SCS)相同的测量目标(measObjectNR#1):measObjectNR#1配置的SMTC周期。The measurement target (measObjectNR#1) with the same frequency and subcarrier spacing (SCS) as the SCell: the SMTC period configured by measObjectNR#1.
SCell无SMTC配置,且无与SCell同频且SCS相同的measObjectNR#1:The SCell has no SMTC configuration and no measObjectNR#1 with the same frequency and SCS as the SCell:
SSB发送周期是5ms,则Trs=5ms。The SSB transmission period is 5 ms, so T rs = 5 ms.
SSB发送周期不是5ms,Trs未定义。The SSB transmission period is not 5ms and T rs is undefined.
TfirstSSB:指时隙之后,第一时间与第二时间之间的间隔:T firstSSB : refers to the time slot Afterwards, the interval between the first time and the second time:
第一时间为:第一信号或第一信号的确认信号所在时隙。The first time is: the time slot where the first signal or the confirmation signal of the first signal is located.
第二时间为:SMTC指示的第一个完整SSB突发集(burst)的结束时间(SMTC有配置)或5ms内第一个完整SSB突发集(burst)的结束时间(SMTC无配置)。The second time is: the end time of the first complete SSB burst set (burst) indicated by SMTC (SMTC is configured) or the end time of the first complete SSB burst set (burst) within 5ms (SMTC is not configured).
TfirstSSB-max:指时隙之后,第一时间与第二时间之间的间隔:T firstSSB-max : refers to the time slot Afterwards, the interval between the first time and the second time:
第一时间为:第一信号或第一信号的确认信号所在时隙。The first time is: the time slot where the first signal or the confirmation signal of the first signal is located.
第二时间为:SMTC指示的第一个完整SSB突发集(burst)的结束时间(SMTC有配置)或5ms内第一个完整SSB突发集(burst)的结束时间(SMTC无配置),且完整SSB突发集(burst)满足如下条件:The second time is: the end time of the first complete SSB burst set (burst) indicated by the SMTC (SMTC is configured) or the end time of the first complete SSB burst set (burst) within 5ms (SMTC is not configured), and the complete SSB burst set (burst) meets the following conditions:
针对FR1,SCell和激活的服务小区为同频小区(Intra-band),SSB突发集(burst)所在的时间,SCell和激活的服务小区中在相同的时隙发送SSB突发集(burst)。For FR1, the SCell and the activated serving cell are intra-band cells. At the time of the SSB burst, the SCell and the activated serving cell send the SSB burst in the same time slot.
SCell和激活的服务小区为异频小区(Inter-band),SSB突发集(burst)所在时间SCell在发送SSB突发集(burst)。The SCell and the activated serving cell are inter-band cells, and the SCell is sending an SSB burst at the time of the SSB burst.
针对FR2,SSB突发集(burst)所在的时间,SCell和激活的服务小区中在相同的时隙发送SSB突发集(burst)。For FR2, at the time of the SSB burst, the SCell and the activated serving cell send the SSB burst in the same time slot.
TFineTiming:第三时间和第四时间之间的间隔:T FineTiming : The interval between the third time and the fourth time:
第三时间:UE完成处理最近的用于PDCCH TCI状态和/或PDSCH TCI状态激活信令的时间。Third time: The time when the UE completes processing the most recent signaling for PDCCH TCI state and/or PDSCH TCI state activation.
第四时间:对于与TCI状态的第一个完整的可用的SSB所在的时间。与UE只有1个SCell中变量的定义相Fourth time: The time of the first complete available SSB in the TCI state. This is the same as the definition of the variable in the UE with only one SCell.
TL1-RSRP,measure:L1测量时延。T L1-RSRP,measure : L1 measurement delay.
TL1-RSRP,report:获取CSI上报资源的时延。T L1-RSRP,report : Delay in obtaining CSI reporting resources.
Tuncertainty_MAC:第五时间与第六时间之间的间隔T uncertainty_MAC : the interval between the fifth and sixth time points
第五时间:UE接收用于激活的PDCCH TCI状态和/或PDSCH TCI状态信令所在的时间。Fifth time: the time when the UE receives the PDCCH TCI status and/or PDSCH TCI status signaling for activation.
第六时间:Sixth time:
对于已知小区(known SCell),第六时间是第一信号或第一信号的确认信号所在时间。For a known cell (known SCell), the sixth time is the time when the first signal or the confirmation signal of the first signal is received.
对于未知小区(unknown SCell),第六时间是第一个有效的L1-RSRP上报的时间。For an unknown cell (unknown SCell), the sixth time is the time of the first valid L1-RSRP report.
Tuncertainty_RRC:第七时间与第八时间之间的间隔。T uncertainty_RRC : The interval between the seventh time and the eighth time.
第七时间:用于CQI上报的周期CSI-RS的TCI配置的RRC消息所在时间。Seventh time: the time when the RRC message of the TCI configuration of the periodic CSI-RS used for CQI reporting is sent.
第八时间:Eighth time:
对于已知小区(known SCell),第八时间是第一信号或第一信号的确认信号所在时间。 For a known cell (known SCell), the eighth time is the time when the first signal or the confirmation signal of the first signal is sent.
对于未知小区(unknown SCell),第一个有效的L1-RSRP上报的时间。For an unknown cell (unknown SCell), the time when the first valid L1-RSRP is reported.
Tuncertainty_SP:第九时间与第十时间之间的间隔。T uncertainty_SP : The interval between the ninth and tenth time.
第九时间:激活用于CQI报告的半静态CSI-RS资源集合的激活信令接收所在时间。Ninth time: the time at which activation signaling for activating the semi-static CSI-RS resource set for CQI reporting is received.
对于已知小区(known SCell),第十时间是第一信号或第一信号的确认信号所在时间。For a known cell (known SCell), the tenth time is the time when the first signal or the confirmation signal of the first signal is received.
对于未知小区(unknown SCell),第十时间是第一个有效的L1-RSRP上报的时间。For an unknown cell (unknown SCell), the tenth time is the time of the first valid L1-RSRP report.
TRRC_delay:RRC处理时延。T RRC_delay : RRC processing delay.
THARQ是DL信号传输与确认信号之间的间隔。T HARQ is the interval between DL signal transmission and acknowledgment signal.
TCSI-Reporting是CSI上报的时延。T CSI-Reporting is the CSI reporting delay.
CSI上报的时延包括获取第一个可用的CSI参考资源的不确定性所需时间、UE处理CSI报告所需时间和/或获取第一个可用的CSI上报资源的不确定性所需时间。The CSI reporting latency includes the time required to obtain the uncertainty of the first available CSI reference resource, the time required for the UE to process the CSI report, and/or the time required to obtain the uncertainty of the first available CSI reporting resource.
UE有多于1个SCell且SCell所在的频段为FR1,则在Scell为已知小区时,Scell的层3测量期间(L3measurement period)不超过T1时,此时第一需求包括UE需要时频跟踪(time-frequency tracking)。If a UE has more than one SCell and the frequency band where the SCell is located is FR1, when the SCell is a known cell and the Layer 3 measurement period (L3 measurement period) of the SCell does not exceed T1, the first requirement includes that the UE needs time-frequency tracking.
满足第八条件时,k取值为第十五值。When the eighth condition is met, k takes the fifteenth value.
示例性,第十五值中Tactivation_time_multiple_scells:TFirstSSB_MAX_multiple_scells+Trs+5ms。For example, in the fifteenth value, T activation_time_multiple_scells is: T FirstSSB_MAX_multiple_scells + T rs + 5 ms.
在满足第九条件时,k取值为第十六值。When the ninth condition is met, k takes the sixteenth value.
示例性,第十六值中Tactivation_time_multiple_scells为:
TFirstSSB_MAX_multiple_scells+TSMTC_MAX_multiple_scells+Trs+5ms。For example, in the sixteenth value, T activation_time_multiple_scells is:
T FirstSSB_MAX_multiple_scells +T SMTC_MAX_multiple_scells +T rs +5ms.
在不满足第八条件且不满足第九条件时,k取值为第十七值。When the eighth condition and the ninth condition are not satisfied, k takes the seventeenth value.
示例性,第十七值中Tactivation_time_multiple_scells为TFirstSSB_MAX_multiple_scells+5ms。For example, in the seventeenth value, T activation_time_multiple_scells is T FirstSSB_MAX_multiple_scells + 5 ms.
第八条件:Eighth Condition:
至少有一个其他SCell#i触发了on-demand SSB,且Scel#i的层3测量期间(L3measurement period)超过T1,所有其他SCell#j触发了on-demand SSB均为已知小区。At least one other SCell#i triggers on-demand SSB, and the layer 3 measurement period (L3measurement period) of SCell#i exceeds T1, and all other SCell#j trigger on-demand SSB and are known cells.
第九条件:Ninth Condition:
至少有一个其他SCell#i触发了on-demand SSB,且Scel#i未为未知小区。At least one other SCell#i triggers the on-demand SSB, and SCell#i is not an unknown cell.
Scell的层3测量期间(L3measurement period)超过T1时,此时第一需求包括UE需要AGC和时频跟踪(time-frequency tracking)。When the Scell layer 3 measurement period (L3 measurement period) exceeds T1, the first requirement includes that the UE needs AGC and time-frequency tracking.
在满足第十条件时,k的取值为第十八值。When the tenth condition is met, the value of k is the eighteenth value.
示例性,第十八值中Tactivation_time_multiple_scells为:
TFirstSSB_MAX_multiple_scells+TSMTC_MAX_multiple_scells+Trs+5ms。For example, in the eighteenth value, T activation_time_multiple_scells is:
T FirstSSB_MAX_multiple_scells +T SMTC_MAX_multiple_scells +T rs +5ms.
在不满足第十条件时,K的取值为第十九值。When the tenth condition is not met, the value of K is the nineteenth value.
示例性,第十九值中Tactivation_time_multiple_scells为TFirstSSB_MAX_multiple_scells+Trs+5ms。Illustratively, in the nineteenth value, T activation_time_multiple_scells is T FirstSSB_MAX_multiple_scells + T rs + 5 ms.
第十条件:至少有一个其他SCell#i触发了on-demand SSB,且Scel#i未为未知小区。The tenth condition: at least one other SCell#i triggers the on-demand SSB, and SCell#i is not an unknown cell.
可选地,T1的取值为2400ms。Optionally, the value of T1 is 2400ms.
在Scell为未知小区时,如果 When the Scell is an unknown cell, if
满足第十一条件,此时第一需求包括UE需要AGC和时频跟踪(time-frequency tracking),K的取值为第二十值。The eleventh condition is met. At this time, the first requirement includes that the UE needs AGC and time-frequency tracking, and the value of K is the twentieth value.
示例性,第二十值中Tactivation_time_multiple_scells为:TFirstSSB_MAX_multiple_scells+TSMTC_MAX_multiple_scells+Trs+5ms。For example, in the twentieth value, T activation_time_multiple_scells is: T FirstSSB_MAX_multiple_scells + T SMTC_MAX_multiple_scells + T rs + 5 ms.
不满足第十一条件时,此时第一需求包括UE需要AGC、小区检测、时频跟踪(time-frequency tracking),L1测量与上报,使用semi-persistent CSI-RS用于CSI reporting时,k取第二十一值。When the eleventh condition is not met, the first requirement includes that the UE needs AGC, cell detection, time-frequency tracking, L1 measurement and reporting, and when using semi-persistent CSI-RS for CSI reporting, k takes the twenty-first value.
示例性,第二十一值中Tactivation_time_multiple_scells为:
6ms+TFirstSSB_MAX_multiple_scells+TSMTC_MAX_multiple_scells+
Trs*N1+TL1-RSRP,measure+TL1-RSRP,report+THARQ+
max(Tuncertainty_MAC_multiple_scells+TFineTiming+2ms,Tuncertainty_SP_multiple_scells)For example, in the twenty-first value, T activation_time_multiple_scells is:
6ms+T FirstSSB_MAX_multiple_scells +T SMTC_MAX_multiple_scells +
T rs *N 1 +T L1-RSRP,measure +T L1-RSRP,report +T HARQ +
max(T uncertainty_MAC_multiple_scells +T FineTiming +2ms,T uncertainty_SP_multiple_scells )
在使用periodic CSI-RS用于CSI reporting时,k取第二十二值。When using periodic CSI-RS for CSI reporting, k takes the 22nd value.
示例性,第二十二值中Tactivation_time_multiple_scells为:
3ms+TFirstSSB_MAX_multiple_scells+TSMTC_MAX_multiple_scells+Trs*N1+TL1-RSRP,measure
+TL1-RSRP,report+max(THARQ+Tuncertainty_MAC_multiple_scells+5ms+
TFineTiming,Tuncertainty_RRC_multiple_scells+TRRC_delay)For example, in the twenty-second value, T activation_time_multiple_scells is:
3ms+T FirstSSB_MAX_multiple_scells +T SMTC_MAX_multiple_scells +T rs *N 1 +T L1-RSRP, measure
+T L1-RSRP,report +max(T HARQ +T uncertainty_MAC_multiple_scells +5ms+
T FineTiming ,T uncertainty_RRC_multiple_scells +T RRC_delay )
第十一条件:SSB中仅有1个波束需要测量。Eleventh condition: Only one beam in SSB needs to be measured.
ssb-PositionInBurst中仅有1个SSB用于实际传输,或第一信号/第一信号的确认信号指示ssb-PositionInBurst中的1个SSB用于实际传输。Only one SSB in ssb-PositionInBurst is used for actual transmission, or the first signal/the confirmation signal of the first signal indicates that one SSB in ssb-PositionInBurst is used for actual transmission.
在FR1频段上,UE有至少一个与Scell在频域相邻的激活的服务小区Cell#n,且Cell#n满足第十二条件,k取第二十三值。In the FR1 frequency band, the UE has at least one activated serving cell Cell#n adjacent to the Scell in the frequency domain, and Cell#n meets the twelfth condition, and k takes the twenty-third value.
可选地,第十二条件为Cell#n为SSB-less的小区。Optionally, the twelfth condition is that Cell#n is an SSB-less cell.
可选地,第二十三值Tactivation_time_multiple_scells为3ms。Optionally, the twenty-third value T activation_time_multiple_scells is 3 ms.
UE有超过1个SCell,SCell所在的频段为FR2时,至少有一个激活的服务小区Cell#p与SCell在相同的频段。When a UE has more than one SCell and the frequency band where the SCell is located is FR2, at least one activated serving cell Cell#p is in the same frequency band as the SCell.
在满足第十三条件时,此时第一需求包括UE需要时频跟踪(time-frequency tracking),K的取值为第二十四值。When the thirteenth condition is met, the first requirement includes that the UE needs time-frequency tracking, and the value of K is the twenty-fourth value.
示例性,第二十四值中Tactivation_time_multiple_scells为TfirstSSB+5ms。For example, in the twenty-fourth value, T activation_time_multiple_scells is T firstSSB +5ms.
在满足第十四条件时,k的取值为第二十五值,可选地第二十五值中Tactivation_time为3ms。When the fourteenth condition is met, the value of k is the twenty-fifth value, and optionally, in the twenty-fifth value, T activation_time is 3 ms.
第十三条件包括以下至少之一:The thirteenth condition includes at least one of the following:
SCell配置了SMTC;SCell is configured with SMTC;
Scell与Cell#p在一个OFDM符号上的下行空域传输滤波器相同;The downlink spatial transmission filters of Scell and Cell#p in one OFDM symbol are the same;
SCell与Cell#p的ssb-PositionInBurst相同;The ssb-PositionInBurst of SCell and Cell#p are the same;
SCell与相同频段上频域相邻的Cell#p2的SSB在相同的半帧内。The SSBs of the SCell and the frequency-adjacent Cell#p2 on the same frequency band are in the same half-frame.
第十四条件至少包括:SCell未配置SMTC。The fourteenth condition at least includes: the SCell is not configured with SMTC.
无一个激活的服务小区与SCell在相同的频段且Scell为已知小区时,此时第一需求包括UE需要L1测量与上报。When there is no activated serving cell in the same frequency band as the SCell and the SCell is a known cell, the first requirement includes that the UE needs L1 measurement and reporting.
使用semi-persistent CSI-RS用于CSI reporting时,k取第二十六值。When using semi-persistent CSI-RS for CSI reporting, k takes the 26th value.
示例性,第二十六值中Tactivation_time_multiple_scells为:
3ms+max(Tuncertainty_MAC+TFineTiming+2ms,Tuncertainty_SP)。For example, in the twenty-sixth value, T activation_time_multiple_scells is:
3ms+max(T uncertainty_MAC +T FineTiming +2ms,T uncertainty_SP ).
使用periodic CSI-RS用于CSI reporting时,k取第二十七值。When periodic CSI-RS is used for CSI reporting, k takes the 27th value.
示例性,第二十七值中Tactivation_time_multiple_scells为:
max(Tuncertainty_MAC+5ms+TFineTiming,Tuncertainty_RRC+TRRC_delay-THARQ)For example, in the twenty-seventh value, T activation_time_multiple_scells is:
max(T uncertainty_MAC +5ms+T FineTiming ,T uncertainty_RRC +T RRC_delay -T HARQ )
在Scell为未知小区时,如果此时第一需求包括UE需要AGC,cell detection,时频跟踪(time-frequency tracking),L1测量与上报。When the Scell is an unknown cell, if At this time, the first requirement includes that the UE needs AGC, cell detection, time-frequency tracking, and L1 measurement and reporting.
在使用semi-persistent CSI-RS用于CSI reporting时,k取第二十八值。When using semi-persistent CSI-RS for CSI reporting, k takes the 28th value.
示例性,第十八二值中Tactivation_time_multiple_scells为:
3ms+max(Tuncertainty_MAC_multiple_scells+TFineTiming+2ms,Tuncertainty_SP_multiple_scells)。For example, in the 18th value, T activation_time_multiple_scells is:
3ms+max(T uncertainty_MAC_multiple_scells +T FineTiming +2ms,T uncertainty_SP_multiple_scells ).
在使用periodic CSI-RS用于CSI reporting时,k取第二十九值。When using periodic CSI-RS for CSI reporting, k takes the 29th value.
示例性,第二十九值中Tactivation_time_multiple_scells为:
max(Tuncertainty_MAC_multiple_scells+5ms+TFineTiming,Tuncertainty_RRC_multiple_scells+TRRC_delay-THARQ)。For example, in the twenty-ninth value, T activation_time_multiple_scells is:
max(T uncertainty_MAC_multiple_scells +5ms+T FineTiming ,T uncertainty_RRC_multiple_scells +T RRC_delay -T HARQ ).
在FR2频段上,UE有至少一个与Scell在频域相邻的激活的服务小区Cell#q,且Cell#q满足第十五条件,k取第三十值。In the FR2 frequency band, the UE has at least one activated serving cell Cell#q adjacent to the Scell in the frequency domain, and Cell#q meets the fifteenth condition, and k takes the thirtieth value.
可选地,第十五条件为Cell#n为SSB-less的小区。Optionally, the fifteenth condition is that Cell#n is an SSB-less cell.
可选地,第三十值中Tactivation_time_multiple_scells为3ms。Optionally, in the 30th value, T activation_time_multiple_scells is 3 ms.
对于UE有超过1个SCell,Tactivation_time_multiple_scells取值涉及的变量定义如下:For a UE with more than one SCell, the variables involved in the value of T activation_time_multiple_scells are defined as follows:
Tuncertainty_MAC_multiple_scells:SCell在FR1上,SCell和激活的服务小区为同频小区,,TSMTC_MAX是SCell和激活的服务小区中最大的SMTC周期。T uncertainty_MAC_multiple_scells : SCell is in FR1, the SCell and the activated serving cell are co-frequency cells, T SMTC_MAX is the maximum SMTC period of the SCell and the activated serving cell.
Tuncertainty_MAC_multiple_scells:SCell和激活的服务小区为异频小区,TSMTC_MAX是SCell的SMTC周期。T uncertainty_MAC_multiple_scells : The SCell and the activated serving cell are inter-frequency cells, and T SMTC_MAX is the SMTC period of the SCell.
Tuncertainty_MAC_multiple_scells:SCell在FR2上,SCell和激活的服务小区为Intra-band,TSMTC_MAX是SCell和激活的服务小区中最大的SMTC周期。T uncertainty_MAC_multiple_scells : SCell is in FR2. The SCell and the activated serving cell are intra-band. T SMTC_MAX is the maximum SMTC period of the SCell and the activated serving cell.
Tuncertainty_MAC_multiple_scells:最小值为10ms。T uncertainty_MAC_multiple_scells : Minimum value is 10ms.
TFirstSSB_MAX_multiple_scells指时隙之后,第十一时间与第十二时间之间的间隔。T FirstSSB_MAX_multiple_scells refers to the time slot Afterwards, the interval between the eleventh and twelfth times.
第十一时间为:第一信号或第一信号的确认信号所在时隙。The eleventh time is: the time slot where the first signal or the confirmation signal of the first signal is located.
第十二时间为:SMTC指示的第一个完整SSB突发集(burst)的结束时间(SMTC有配置)。The twelfth time is the end time of the first complete SSB burst set (burst) indicated by SMTC (SMTC is configured).
且第一个完整SSB突发集(burst)满足如下条件:And the first complete SSB burst meets the following conditions:
针对FR1,SCell和激活的服务小区为同频小区,SSB突发集(burst)所在的时间,SCell和激活的服务小区中在相同的时隙发送SSB突发集(burst),SCell和激活的服务小区为Inter-band,SSB突发集(burst)所在时间SCell在发送SSB突发集(burst)。For FR1, the SCell and the activated serving cell are co-frequency cells. At the time of the SSB burst, the SCell and the activated serving cell send the SSB burst in the same time slot. The SCell and the activated serving cell are inter-band. At the time of the SSB burst, the SCell sends the SSB burst.
针对FR2,SSB突发集(burst)所在的时间,SCell和激活的服务小区中在相同的时隙发送SSB突发集(burst)。For FR2, at the time of the SSB burst, the SCell and the activated serving cell send the SSB burst in the same time slot.
Tuncertainty_MAC_multiple_scells:第十三时间与第十四时间之间的间隔。T uncertainty_MAC_multiple_scells : The interval between the thirteenth time and the fourteenth time.
第十三时间:UE接收最近的用于PDCCH TCI,PDSCH TCI激活信令所在的时间。Thirteenth time: the time when the UE receives the most recent activation signaling for PDCCH TCI and PDSCH TCI.
第十四时间:对于未知小区(unknown SCell),是第一信号或第一信号的确认信号所在时间。Fourteenth time: For an unknown cell (unknown SCell), it is the time when the first signal or the confirmation signal of the first signal is received.
Tuncertainty_RRC_multiple_scells:第十五时间与第十六时间之间的间隔。T uncertainty_RRC_multiple_scells : The interval between the fifteenth time and the sixteenth time.
第十五时间:用于CQI上报的周期CSI-RS的TCI配置的RRC消息所在时间。Fifteenth time: the time when the RRC message of the TCI configuration of the periodic CSI-RS used for CQI reporting is sent.
第十六时间:对于未知小区(unknown SCell),是第一信号或第一信号的确认信号所在时间。Sixteenth time: For an unknown cell (unknown SCell), it is the time when the first signal or the confirmation signal of the first signal is received.
Tuncertainty_SP是第十七时间与第十八时间之间的间隔。T uncertainty_SP is the interval between the seventeenth time and the eighteenth time.
第十七时间:激活用于CQI报告的半静态CSI-RS资源集合的激活信令接收所在时间。Seventeenth time: the time at which activation signaling for activating the semi-static CSI-RS resource set for CQI reporting is received.
第十八时间:对于未知小区(unknown SCell),是第一信号或第一信号的确认信号所在时间。The eighteenth time: For an unknown cell (unknown SCell), it is the time when the first signal or the confirmation signal of the first signal is received.
Trs,TFineTiming,和TRRC_delay与UE只有1个SCell中变量的定义相同。T rs , T FineTiming , and T RRC_delay have the same definitions as those of variables in a UE with only one SCell.
UE在该Scell上配置有其他参考信号来减小k的取值,如非周期的TRS,CSI-RS,只有1个SCell,SCell所在的频段为FR且Scell为已知小区时,Scell的层3测量期间(L3measurement period)不超过T1时,此时第一需求包括UE需要时频跟踪(time-frequency tracking),k的取值为第三十一值。When the UE is configured with other reference signals on the Scell to reduce the value of k, such as non-periodic TRS and CSI-RS, and there is only one SCell, the frequency band where the SCell is located is FR and the Scell is a known cell, and the layer 3 measurement period (L3 measurement period) of the Scell does not exceed T1, the first requirement includes that the UE needs time-frequency tracking (time-frequency tracking), and the value of k is the 31st value.
示例性,第三十一值中Tactivation_time为TFirstATRS+5ms。For example, in the thirty-first value, T activation_time is T FirstATRS +5ms.
Scell的层3测量期间(L3measurement period)超过T1时,此时第一需求包括UE需要AGC和时频跟踪(time-frequency tracking),K的取值为第三十二值When the Scell layer 3 measurement period (L3 measurement period) exceeds T1, the first requirement includes that the UE needs AGC and time-frequency tracking, and the value of K is the 32nd value.
示例性,第三十二值中Tactivation_time为TFirstATRS+Tgap+TATRS+5ms。Illustratively, in the thirty-second value, T activation_time is T First ATRS + T gap + T ATRS + 5 ms.
可选地,T1的取值为2400ms。Optionally, the value of T1 is 2400ms.
Scell为未知小区时,如果 When the Scell is an unknown cell, if
满足第十六条件时,此时第一需求包括UE需要AGC和时频跟踪(time-frequency tracking),k的取值为第三十三值。When the sixteenth condition is met, the first requirement includes that the UE needs AGC and time-frequency tracking, and the value of k is the thirty-third value.
示例性,第三十三值中Tactivation_time为TFirstATRS+Tgap+TATRS+5ms。 For example, in the thirty-third value, T activation_time is T First ATRS + T gap + T ATRS + 5 ms.
第十六条件包括以下至少之一:The sixteenth condition includes at least one of the following:
SCell与相同频段上的一个激活的服务小区Cell#m频域相邻;The SCell is frequency-domain adjacent to an activated serving cell Cell#m on the same frequency band;
SCell与Cell#m的ssb-PositionInBurst相同;The ssb-PositionInBurst of SCell and Cell#m are the same;
SCell与Cell#m的SMTC中配置的偏移量(offset)相同;The offset configured in the SMTC of SCell and Cell#m is the same;
SCell与Cell#m的RTD不超过T2,SCell与Cell#m的接收功率差值不超过P1。The RTD between SCell and Cell#m does not exceed T2, and the difference in received power between SCell and Cell#m does not exceed P1.
可选地,T2取值260ns,P1取值6dB。Optionally, T2 is set to 260 ns and P1 is set to 6 dB.
UE在该Scell上配置有其他参考信号来减小k的取值,如非周期的TRS,CSI-RS,UE只有1个SCell,SCell所在的频段为FR2时,至少有一个激活的服务小区Cell#p与SCell在相同的频段。The UE is configured with other reference signals on the Scell to reduce the value of k, such as aperiodic TRS and CSI-RS. The UE has only one SCell. When the frequency band of the SCell is FR2, there is at least one activated serving cell Cell#p in the same frequency band as the SCell.
在满足第十七条件时,此时第一需求包括UE需要时频跟踪(time-frequency tracking),k的取值为第三十四值。When the seventeenth condition is met, the first requirement includes that the UE needs time-frequency tracking, and the value of k is the thirty-fourth value.
示例性,第三十四值中Tactivation_time为TFirstATRS+5ms。For example, in the thirty-fourth value, T activation_time is T FirstATRS +5ms.
第十七条件包括以下至少之一:The seventeenth condition includes at least one of the following:
配置了其他参考信号用于来减小k的取值,如非周期的TRS,CSI-RS;Other reference signals are configured to reduce the value of k, such as aperiodic TRS and CSI-RS;
Scell与Cell#p在一个OFDM符号上的下行空域传输滤波器相同;The downlink spatial transmission filters of Scell and Cell#p in one OFDM symbol are the same;
SCell与Cell#p的ssb-PositionInBurst相同;The ssb-PositionInBurst of SCell and Cell#p are the same;
SCell与相同频段上频域相邻的Cell#p2的SSB在相同的半帧内;The SSBs of the SCell and the adjacent Cell#p2 in the same frequency band are in the same half-frame.
无一个激活的服务小区与SCell在相同的频段;There is no activated serving cell in the same frequency band as the SCell;
Scell为已知小区时,此时第一需求包括UE需要L1测量与上报。When the Scell is a known cell, the first requirement includes that the UE needs L1 measurement and reporting.
在使用semi-persistent CSI-RS用于CSI reporting时,k取第三十五值。When using semi-persistent CSI-RS for CSI reporting, k takes the 35th value.
示例性,第三十五值中Tactivation_time为3ms+max(TFirstATRS+2ms,Tuncertainty_SP)。For example, in the thirty-fifth value, T activation_time is 3 ms+max(T FirstATRS +2 ms, T uncertainty_SP ).
在使用periodic CSI-RS用于CSI reporting时,k取第十三十六值。When using periodic CSI-RS for CSI reporting, k takes the 136th value.
示例性,第三十六值中Tactivation_time为:
max(TFirstATRS+5ms,Tuncertainty_RRC+TRRC_delay-THARQ)。For example, the thirty-sixth value T activation_time is:
max(T FirstATRS +5ms,T uncertainty_RRC +T RRC_delay -T HARQ ).
在Scell为未知小区时,如果此时第一需求包括UE需要AGC,cell detection,时频跟踪(time-frequency tracking),L1测量与上报。When the Scell is an unknown cell, if At this time, the first requirement includes that the UE needs AGC, cell detection, time-frequency tracking, and L1 measurement and reporting.
在使用semi-persistent CSI-RS用于CSI reporting时,k取第三十七值。When using semi-persistent CSI-RS for CSI reporting, k takes the thirty-seventh value.
示例性,第三十七值中Tactivation_time为:
6ms+TFirstSSB_MAX+15*TSMTC_MAX+8*Trs+TL1-RSRP,measure+TL1-RSRP,report+THARQ+
max(Tuncertainty_MAC+TFineTiming+2ms,Tuncertainty_SP)。For example, the thirty-seventh value T activation_time is:
6ms+T FirstSSB_MAX +15*T SMTC_MAX +8*T rs +T L1-RSRP,measure +T L1-RSRP,report +T HARQ +
max(T uncertainty_MAC +T FineTiming +2ms,T uncertainty_SP ).
使用periodic CSI-RS用于CSI reporting时,k取第三十八值。When periodic CSI-RS is used for CSI reporting, k takes the 38th value.
示例性,第三十八值中Tactivation_time为:
3ms+TFirstSSB_MAX+15*TSMTC_MAX+8*Trs+TL1-RSRP,measure+TL1-RSRP,report+max{(THARQ+
Tuncertainty_MAC+5ms+TFineTiming),(Tuncertainty_RRC+TRRC_delay)}。For example, the thirty-eighth value T activation_time is:
3ms+T FirstSSB_MAX +15*T SMTC_MAX +8*T rs +T L1-RSRP,measure +T L1-RSRP,report +max{(T HARQ +
T uncertainty_MAC +5ms+T FineTiming ),(T uncertainty_RRC +T RRC_delay )}.
在FR2频段上,UE有至少一个与Scell在频域相邻的激活的服务小区Cell#n,且Cell#n满足第十八条件,k取第三十九值。In the FR2 frequency band, the UE has at least one activated serving cell Cell#n adjacent to the Scell in the frequency domain, and Cell#n meets the eighteenth condition, and k takes the thirty-ninth value.
可选地,第十八条件为Cell#n为SSB-less的小区。Optionally, the eighteenth condition is that Cell#n is an SSB-less cell.
可选地,第三十九值为中Tactivation_time为3ms。Optionally, the thirty-ninth value is T activation_time is 3 ms.
UE在该Scell上配置有其他参考信号来减小k的取值,如非周期的TRS,CSI-RS,UE只有1个SCell时,Tactivation_time中涉及的变量定义如下:The UE is configured with other reference signals on the Scell to reduce the value of k, such as aperiodic TRS and CSI-RS. When the UE has only one SCell, the variables involved in T activation_time are defined as follows:
TFirstATRS:时隙之后,第十九时间与第二十时间之间的间隔。T FirstATRS :time slot After that, the interval between the nineteenth and twentieth times.
第十九时间为:第一信号或第一信号的确认信号所在时隙。The nineteenth time is: the time slot where the first signal or the confirmation signal of the first signal is located.
第二十时间为:第一个完整CSI-RS burst的结束时间。The twentieth time is: the end time of the first complete CSI-RS burst.
TATRS用于减小K的取值CSI-RS burst的持续时长。T ATRS is used to reduce the value of K and the duration of the CSI-RS burst.
Tgap是个非周期的CSI-RS bursts之间的间隔。 Tgap is the interval between aperiodic CSI-RS bursts.
Tuncertainty_RRC是第二十一时间与第二十二时间之间的间隔。 T uncertainty_RRC is the interval between the twenty-first time and the twenty-second time.
第二十一时间:用于CQI上报的周期CSI-RS的TCI配置的RRC消息所在时间。The 21st time: the time when the RRC message of the TCI configuration of the periodic CSI-RS used for CQI reporting is sent.
第二十二时间:是第一信号或第一信号的确认信号所在时间。The 22nd time: is the time of the first signal or the confirmation signal of the first signal.
Tuncertainty_SP是第二十三时间与第二十四时间之间的间隔。T uncertainty_SP is the interval between the twenty-third time and the twenty-fourth time.
第二十三时间:激活用于CQI报告的半静态CSI-RS资源集合的激活信令接收所在时间。Time 23: the time at which activation signaling for activating the semi-static CSI-RS resource set for CQI reporting is received.
第二十四时间:是第一信号或第一信号的确认信号所在时间。The 24th time: is the time of the first signal or the confirmation signal of the first signal.
TRRC_delay:RRC处理时延。T RRC_delay : RRC processing delay.
TCSI-reporting:CSI上报的时延,包括获取第一个可用的CSI参考资源的不确定性所需时间,UE处理CSI报告所需时间,获取第一个可用的CSI上报资源的不确定性所需时间。T CSI-reporting : CSI reporting latency, including the time required to obtain the uncertainty of the first available CSI reference resource, the time required for the UE to process the CSI report, and the time required to obtain the uncertainty of the first available CSI reporting resource.
上述实施例中,激活的服务小区有SSB发送。In the above embodiment, the activated serving cell has SSB transmission.
上述实施例中,Scell的层3测量期间(L3 measurement period)取值,可以为SSB或CSI-RS的层3测量期间(L3 measurement period)取值。In the above embodiment, the value of the layer 3 measurement period (L3 measurement period) of the Scell may be the value of the layer 3 measurement period (L3 measurement period) of the SSB or CSI-RS.
上述实施例中,on-demand SSB的触发信号类别不同,K的取值可以不同。触发信号包括UE发送WUS信号/cell on/off indication via backhaul,Scell activation/deactivation signaling等,本方案对此不做限定。In the above embodiment, the value of K may vary depending on the type of trigger signal for on-demand SSB. Trigger signals include UE sending a WUS signal/cell on/off indication via backhaul, Scell activation/deactivation signaling, etc., which are not limited in this solution.
在上述实施例中,第二条件不同,K的取值可以不同。第二条件包括以下至少一项:In the above embodiment, the second condition is different, and the value of K may be different. The second condition includes at least one of the following:
SSB是否使用新的结构。Whether SSB uses the new structure.
新的SSB结构为simplified SSB:仅包含PSS和SSS,不包括PBCH。The new SSB structure is simplified SSB: it only contains PSS and SSS, but not PBCH.
新的SSB结构为compact SSB:一个SSB突发集(burst)内,SSB波束间无时域间隔或时域间隔减少。The new SSB structure is compact SSB: within an SSB burst, there is no time domain interval between SSB beams or the time domain interval is reduced.
新的SSB结构为compact SSB:SSB突发集(burst)内和/或SSB突发集(burst)间,SSB波束间无时域间隔或时域间隔减少。The new SSB structure is compact SSB: there is no time domain interval or the time domain interval between SSB beams within and/or between SSB bursts.
SSB是否使用新的图样(pattern)。Whether SSB uses a new pattern.
新的图样(pattern)中,SSB突发集(burst)仅包含第一信号指定的波束/第一信号对应的波束/第一信号对应的波束以及前后n1个波束中的有效波束。In the new pattern, the SSB burst set only includes the beam specified by the first signal/the beam corresponding to the first signal/the beam corresponding to the first signal and the valid beams among the preceding and following n1 beams.
新的图样(pattern)中,SSB突发集(burst)仅包含第二信号指定的波束/第二信号对应的波束/第二信号对应的波束以及前后n1个波束中的有效波束。n1为大于或等于0的整数。SSB突发集(burst)为新的SSB结构或者已有的SSB结构。In the new pattern, the SSB burst includes only the beam specified by the second signal, the beam corresponding to the second signal, the beam corresponding to the second signal, and valid beams from the preceding and following n1 beams. n1 is an integer greater than or equal to 0. The SSB burst is a new SSB structure or an existing SSB structure.
SSB突发集(burst)支持新的周期时长,如小于5ms的周期。The SSB burst supports new cycle lengths, such as cycles less than 5ms.
SSB结构为新的SSB结构或协议中已有的SSB结构The SSB structure is a new SSB structure or an existing SSB structure in the protocol
SSB是否使用新的功率控制参数(ss-PBCH-BlockPower)。Whether SSB uses the new power control parameter (ss-PBCH-BlockPower).
在上述实施例中,SMTC(SSB measurement time configuration)指SSB测量的时间配置。In the above embodiment, SMTC (SSB measurement time configuration) refers to the time configuration of SSB measurement.
实施例2Example 2
如图6A所示,本公开实施例提供一种信息处理方法,可包括:As shown in FIG6A , an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which may include:
步骤0:UE上报能力Step 0: UE reports capabilities
基站结合UE上报能力及协议默认的信息,基站确定从SSB off切换到SSB on的起始位置,SSB on期间SSB图样(pattern)和/或结构,SSB突发集(burst)个数,SSB发送的持续时长,是否发送其他RS等The base station combines the UE's reported capabilities and the protocol default information to determine the starting position of the switch from SSB off to SSB on, the SSB pattern and/or structure during SSB on, the number of SSB bursts, the duration of SSB transmission, whether to send other RS, etc.
步骤1:基站进入NES状态。NES基站分为NES状态和non-NES状态,具体如下:Step 1: The base station enters the NES state. NES base stations are divided into NES state and non-NES state, as follows:
NES状态为:不发送SSB的状态。The NES status is: the SSB is not sent.
非NES状态:发送SSB的状态。Non-NES state: the state of sending SSB.
步骤2:基站收到第一信号。Step 2: The base station receives the first signal.
基站收到第一信号,第一信号可用于触发基站发送SSB,由SSB off状态切换到SSB on状态。第一信号为UE发送的唤醒信号(Wake up signal,WUS)信号或来自其他cell的cell on/off indication信号中的一种或者多种信号。在本方案中对第一信号的具体形式不进行限定。The base station receives a first signal, which can be used to trigger the base station to transmit an SSB, switching from an SSB-off state to an SSB-on state. The first signal is one or more of a wake-up signal (WUS) sent by the UE or a cell on/off indication signal from another cell. The specific form of the first signal is not limited in this solution.
步骤3:基站向UE发送下行信号。该下行信号可为任意参考信号和任意下行信道上的信号。Step 3: The base station sends a downlink signal to the UE. The downlink signal can be any reference signal or a signal on any downlink channel.
基站执行第一传输。该第一传输可包括基站向UE发送下行信号和/或任意下行信道的传输。示例性地,本实施例中的第一传输包括但不限以下至少之一:The base station performs a first transmission. The first transmission may include the base station sending a downlink signal and/or transmission of any downlink channel to the UE. Exemplarily, the first transmission in this embodiment includes but is not limited to at least one of the following:
选项1:SSB和SIB1;Option 1: SSB and SIB1;
选项2:SSB; Option 2: SSB
选项3:SIB1;Option 3: SIB1;
选项4:SSB和所有系统信息(System Information,SI);Option 4: SSB and all system information (System Information, SI);
选项5:所有SI信息;Option 5: All SI information;
选项6:SIBn(n大于1);Option 6: SIBn (n is greater than 1);
选项7:其他公共信号。Option 7: Other public signals.
在本方案适用于触发的传输场景。This solution is applicable to triggered transmission scenarios.
步骤4:UE在一定的时间范围内接收触发的第一传输。Step 4: The UE receives the triggered first transmission within a certain time range.
步骤5:UE在确定在基站上进行接收第一传输的时间不晚于时隙n+K,从而节省UE不必要的等待,降低UE的功耗。时隙n和K的可根据实施例1中的方案确定。Step 5: The UE determines that the time for receiving the first transmission on the base station is no later than time slot n+K, thereby saving the UE unnecessary waiting and reducing the UE's power consumption. Time slots n and K can be determined according to the solution in embodiment 1.
实施例3Example 3
如图6B所示,本公共实施例提供一种信息处理方法,可包括:As shown in FIG6B , this public embodiment provides an information processing method, which may include:
步骤0:UE上报能力。Step 0: UE reports its capabilities.
基站结合UE上报能力及协议默认的信息,基站确定从SSB off切换到SSB on的起始位置,SSB on期间SSB图样(pattern)和/或结构,SSB突发集(burst)个数,SSB发送的持续时长,是否发送其他RS等The base station combines the UE's reported capabilities and the protocol default information to determine the starting position of the switch from SSB off to SSB on, the SSB pattern and/or structure during SSB on, the number of SSB bursts, the duration of SSB transmission, whether to send other RS, etc.
步骤1:基站进入NES状态。Step 1: The base station enters the NES state.
NES基站分为NES状态和non-NES状态,具体如下:NES base stations are divided into NES state and non-NES state, as follows:
NES状态为:不发送SSB的状态。The NES status is: the SSB is not sent.
non-NES状态:发送SSB的状态。Non-NES state: The state of sending SSB.
步骤2:基站发送第一信号。Step 2: The base station sends a first signal.
基站发送第一信号,第一信号可用于触发基站发送SSB,由SSB off状态切换到SSB on状态。第一信号为Scell activation/deactivation signaling信号。在本方案中对第一信号的具体形式不进行限定。The base station transmits a first signal, which can be used to trigger the base station to transmit SSB, switching from the SSB off state to the SSB on state. The first signal is an Scell activation/deactivation signaling signal. The specific form of the first signal is not limited in this solution.
步骤3:基站向UE发送第一传输。该第一传输可包括任意下行信号和/或任意下行信道。Step 3: The base station sends a first transmission to the UE. The first transmission may include any downlink signal and/or any downlink channel.
第一传输可至少包括SSB和/或SIB1。请求的第一下行信号和/或信道所包含的具体信号,本方案不做限定。The first transmission may include at least SSB and/or SIB1. The specific signals included in the requested first downlink signal and/or channel are not limited in this solution.
可选地,第一传输可包括但不限于以下至少之一:Optionally, the first transmission may include but is not limited to at least one of the following:
选项1:SSB和SIB1;Option 1: SSB and SIB1;
选项2:SSB;Option 2: SSB
选项3:SIB1;Option 3: SIB1;
选项4:SSB和所有系统信息(System Information,SI);Option 4: SSB and all system information (System Information, SI);
选项5:所有SI信息;Option 5: All SI information;
选项6:SIBn(n大于1);Option 6: SIBn (n is greater than 1);
选项7:其他公共信号。Option 7: Other public signals.
在本方案适用于触发的第一下行信号和/或信道包括SSB的场景。This solution is applicable to the scenario where the triggered first downlink signal and/or channel includes SSB.
步骤4:UE在一定的时间范围内接收基站发送的第一传输。Step 4: The UE receives a first transmission sent by the base station within a certain time range.
步骤5:UE在确定在基站上进行第一传输的时间不晚于时隙n+K。Step 5: The UE determines that the time for performing the first transmission on the base station is no later than time slot n+K.
时隙n和K的可根据实施例1中的方案确定。The time slots n and K can be determined according to the solution in embodiment 1.
在本公开实施例中,部分或全部步骤、其可选实现方式可以与其他实施例中的部分或全部步骤任意组合,也可以与其他实施例的可选实现方式任意组合。In the embodiments of the present disclosure, some or all of the steps and their optional implementations may be arbitrarily combined with some or all of the steps in other embodiments, or may be arbitrarily combined with the optional implementations of other embodiments.
在本公开实施例中,部分或全部步骤、其可选实现方式可以与其他实施例中的部分或全部步骤任意组合,也可以与其他实施例的可选实现方式任意组合。In the embodiments of the present disclosure, some or all of the steps and their optional implementations may be arbitrarily combined with some or all of the steps in other embodiments, or may be arbitrarily combined with the optional implementations of other embodiments.
本公开实施例还提供用于实现以上任一方法的装置,例如,提供一种装置,上述装置包括用以实现以上任一种方法中终端所执行的各步骤的单元或模块。再如,还提供另一种装置,包括用以实现以上任一种方法中网络设备(例如,接入网设备、或者核心网设备等)所执行的各步骤的单元或模块。The embodiments of the present disclosure also provide an apparatus for implementing any of the above methods. For example, an apparatus is provided, comprising units or modules for implementing each step performed by a terminal in any of the above methods. For another example, another apparatus is provided, comprising units or modules for implementing each step performed by a network device (e.g., an access network device or a core network device) in any of the above methods.
应理解以上装置中各单元或模块的划分仅是一种逻辑功能的划分,在实际实现时可以全部或部分集成到一个物理实体上,也可以物理上分开。此外,装置中的单元或模块可以以处理器调用软件的形式实现:例如装置包括处理器,处理器与存储器连接,存储器中存储有指令,处理器调用存储器中存储的指令,以实现以上任一种方法或实现上述装置各单元或模块的功能,其中处理器例如为通用处理器,例如中央处理单元(Central Processing Unit,CPU)或微处理器,存储器为装置内的存储器或装置外的存储器。或者,装置中的单元或模块可以以硬件电路的形式实现,可以通过对硬件电路的设计实现部分或全部单元或模块的功能,上述硬件电路可以理解为一个或多个处理器;例如,在一种实现 中,上述硬件电路为专用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),通过对电路内元件逻辑关系的设计,实现以上部分或全部单元或模块的功能;再如,在另一种实现中,上述硬件电路为可以通过可编程逻辑器件(programmable logic device,PLD)实现,以现场可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)为例,其可以包括大量逻辑门电路,通过配置文件来配置逻辑门电路之间的连接关系,从而实现以上部分或全部单元或模块的功能。以上装置的所有单元或模块可以全部通过处理器调用软件的形式实现,或全部通过硬件电路的形式实现,或部分通过处理器调用软件的形式实现,剩余部分通过硬件电路的形式实现。It should be understood that the division of the various units or modules in the above devices is only a division of logical functions, and in actual implementation, they can be fully or partially integrated into one physical entity, or they can be physically separated. In addition, the units or modules in the device can be implemented in the form of a processor calling software: for example, the device includes a processor, the processor is connected to a memory, instructions are stored in the memory, and the processor calls the instructions stored in the memory to implement any of the above methods or to implement the functions of the various units or modules of the above devices, wherein the processor is, for example, a general-purpose processor, such as a central processing unit (CPU) or a microprocessor, and the memory is a memory inside the device or a memory outside the device. Alternatively, the units or modules in the device can be implemented in the form of hardware circuits, and the functions of some or all units or modules can be implemented by designing the hardware circuits. The above hardware circuits can be understood as one or more processors; for example, in one implementation In the embodiment, the hardware circuit is an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), which realizes the functions of some or all of the above units or modules by designing the logical relationship of the components in the circuit; for example, in another implementation, the hardware circuit can be realized by a programmable logic device (PLD), taking a field programmable gate array (FPGA) as an example, which can include a large number of logic gate circuits, and the connection relationship between the logic gate circuits is configured by a configuration file, thereby realizing the functions of some or all of the above units or modules. All units or modules of the above devices can be realized in the form of software called by the processor, or in the form of hardware circuits, or in part by software called by the processor, and the rest by hardware circuits.
在本公开实施例中,处理器是一种具有信号处理能力的电路,在一种实现中,处理器可以是具有指令读取与运行能力的电路,例如中央处理单元(Central Processing Unit,CPU)、微处理器、图形处理器(graphics processing unit,GPU)(可以理解为一种微处理器)、或数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)等;在另一种实现中,处理器可以通过硬件电路的逻辑关系实现一定功能,上述硬件电路的逻辑关系是固定的或可以重构的,例如处理器为专用集成电路((((application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC)或可编程逻辑器件((((programmable logic device,PLD)实现的硬件电路,例如FPGA。在可重构的硬件电路中,处理器加载配置文档,实现硬件电路配置的过程,可以理解为处理器加载指令,以实现以上部分或全部单元或模块的功能的过程。此外,还可以是针对人工智能设计的硬件电路,其可以理解为一种ASIC,例如神经网络处理单元(Neural Network Processing Unit,NPU)、张量处理单元(Tensor Processing Unit,TPU)、深度学习处理单元(Deep learning Processing Unit,DPU)等。In the embodiments of the present disclosure, a processor is a circuit with signal processing capabilities. In one implementation, the processor may be a circuit with instruction reading and execution capabilities, such as a central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, a graphics processing unit (GPU) (which can be understood as a microprocessor), or a digital signal processor (DSP). In another implementation, the processor may implement certain functions through the logical relationship of hardware circuits, and the logical relationship of the above hardware circuits is fixed or reconfigurable, for example, the processor is an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC). A hardware circuit implemented by an ASIC (ASIC) or a programmable logic device (PLD), such as an FPGA. In a reconfigurable hardware circuit, the process of the processor loading a configuration document to implement the hardware circuit configuration can be understood as the process of the processor loading instructions to implement the functions of some or all of the above units or modules. In addition, it can also be a hardware circuit designed for artificial intelligence, which can be understood as an ASIC, such as a neural network processing unit (NPU), a tensor processing unit (TPU), a deep learning processing unit (DPU), etc.
如图7A所示,本公开实施例提供一种第一网络设备,其中,第一网络设备包括:As shown in FIG7A , an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a first network device, wherein the first network device includes:
处理模块7101,被配置为根据第一信号的传输,确定第一小区执行第一传输的时段;第一信号用于第一小区在第一状态和第二状态之间状态切换;第一小区在第一状态下停止第一传输;第一小区在第二状态下执行第一传输。The processing module 7101 is configured to determine a time period during which the first cell performs the first transmission based on the transmission of the first signal; the first signal is used for the first cell to switch between the first state and the second state; the first cell stops the first transmission in the first state; and the first cell performs the first transmission in the second state.
在一些实施例中,该处理模块可用于第一网络设备执行任意一个信息处理方法中的信息处理相关的步骤。In some embodiments, the processing module may be used by the first network device to execute information processing-related steps in any information processing method.
在一些实施例中,该第一网络设备还可包括:发送模块和/或接收模块。In some embodiments, the first network device may further include: a sending module and/or a receiving module.
在一些实施例中,该发送模块和/或接收模块可对应于第一网络设备的网络接口和/或收发天线。In some embodiments, the sending module and/or the receiving module may correspond to a network interface and/or a transceiver antenna of the first network device.
在一些实施例中,该发送模块可用于第一网络设备执行任意一个信息处理方法中的信息发送相关的步骤。In some embodiments, the sending module may be used by the first network device to execute steps related to information sending in any information processing method.
在一些实施例中,该接收模块可用于第一网络设备执行任意一个信息处理方法中的信息发送相关的步骤。In some embodiments, the receiving module may be used by the first network device to execute steps related to information sending in any information processing method.
在一些实施例中,接收模块,被配置为接收用户设备UE发送的第一信号;或者,In some embodiments, the receiving module is configured to receive a first signal sent by a user equipment UE; or
发送模块,被配置为向用户设备UE发送第一信号;或者,a sending module, configured to send a first signal to a user equipment UE; or,
接收模块,被配置为接收第二小区的第二网络设备发送的第一信号。The receiving module is configured to receive a first signal sent by a second network device in a second cell.
在一些实施例中,接收模块,还被配置为接收到UE发送的第一信号,向UE发送第二信号;或者,接收模块,被配置为已向UE发送第一信号,接收UE发送的第二信号;或者,接收模块,被配置为接收第二网络设备发送的第一信号,向第二网络设备发送第二信号;第二信号为第一信号的确认信号。In some embodiments, the receiving module is further configured to receive a first signal sent by the UE and send a second signal to the UE; or, the receiving module is configured to have sent a first signal to the UE and receive a second signal sent by the UE; or, the receiving module is configured to receive a first signal sent by a second network device and send a second signal to the second network device; the second signal is a confirmation signal of the first signal.
在一些实施例中,处理模块,被配置为确定第一小区执行第一传输的最晚时刻。In some embodiments, the processing module is configured to determine a latest time when the first cell performs the first transmission.
在一些实施例中,处理模块,被配置为确定时间单元n+k为第一小区执行第一传输的最晚时刻;其中,n与第一信号相关;k为时域偏移量。In some embodiments, the processing module is configured to determine a time unit n+k as the latest time when the first cell performs the first transmission; wherein n is related to the first signal; and k is a time domain offset.
在一些实施例中,处理模块,被配置为执行以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the processing module is configured to perform at least one of the following:
根据第一信号的接收时刻或发送时刻,确定n;Determine n according to the reception time or the transmission time of the first signal;
根据第二信号的发送时刻或接收时刻确定n;第二信号为第一信号的确认信号。n is determined according to the sending time or receiving time of the second signal; the second signal is a confirmation signal of the first signal.
在一些实施例中,处理模块,被配置为执行以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the processing module is configured to perform at least one of the following:
根据第一信号的信号类型,确定k;determining k according to a signal type of the first signal;
根据第一小区使用的频率范围,确定k;Determine k according to a frequency range used by the first cell;
根据第一小区是否为UE的已知小区,确定k;Determining k according to whether the first cell is a known cell of the UE;
根据第一小区的层3测量周期,确定k;Determine k according to the layer 3 measurement period of the first cell;
根据第一小区是否有配置同步信号广播块SSB的测量间隔,确定k;Determine k according to whether the first cell has a measurement interval configured with a synchronization signal broadcast block SSB;
根据UE是否有配置多个辅小区,确定k;Determine k based on whether the UE is configured with multiple secondary cells;
根据UE配置的辅小区个数,确定k; Determine k based on the number of secondary cells configured by the UE;
根据第一小区是否有配置第三信号,确定k;Determine k according to whether the first cell is configured with a third signal;
根据第一小区中第四信号的配置方式,确定k;Determine k according to a configuration mode of the fourth signal in the first cell;
根据UE的接收功率,确定k;Determine k based on the UE's received power;
根据UE是否有激活与第一小区同频的第三小区,确定k;Determine k based on whether the UE has activated a third cell with the same frequency as the first cell;
根据UE激活的与第一小区同频的第三小区使用的频率范围,确定k;Determine k based on a frequency range used by a third cell activated by the UE and having the same frequency as the first cell;
根据UE的激活服务小区使用的频率范围,确定k;Determine k based on the frequency range used by the activated serving cell of the UE;
根据UE在第一频率范围上是否有激活的服务小区,确定k;Determine k based on whether the UE has an activated serving cell in the first frequency range;
根据UE在第一频率范围上激活的服务小区个数,确定k;Determine k according to the number of serving cells activated by the UE in the first frequency range;
根据第一小区配置的SSB的结构,确定k;Determine k according to the structure of the SSB configured in the first cell;
根据第一小区配置的SSB使用的发送图样,确定k;Determine k according to a transmission pattern used by the SSB configured in the first cell;
根据第一小区配置的SSB使用的功率控制参数,确定k;Determine k according to a power control parameter used by the SSB configured in the first cell;
根据UE是否具有第一需求,确定k。k is determined according to whether the UE has the first requirement.
在一些实施例中,第一信号的信号类型包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the signal type of the first signal includes at least one of the following:
第一信号为唤醒信号WUS;The first signal is a wake-up signal WUS;
第一信号为第一指示;第一指示,用于指示第一小区开启或关闭;The first signal is a first indication; the first indication is used to indicate whether the first cell is turned on or off;
第一信号为第二指示;第二指示,用于指示第一小区激活或去激活在一些实施例中,处理模块,被配置为执行以下至少之一:根据第一小区的SSB的层3测量周期,确定k;根据第一小区的信道状态信息-参考信号CSI-RS的层3测量周期,确定k。The first signal is the second indication; the second indication is used to indicate activation or deactivation of the first cell. In some embodiments, the processing module is configured to perform at least one of the following: determining k based on the layer 3 measurement period of the SSB of the first cell; determining k based on the layer 3 measurement period of the channel state information-reference signal CSI-RS of the first cell.
在一些实施例中,第三信号包括非周期的参考信号。In some embodiments, the third signal comprises a non-periodic reference signal.
在一些实施例中,非周期的参考信号包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the non-periodic reference signal includes at least one of the following:
非周期的CSI-RS;Aperiodic CSI-RS;
非周期的跟踪参考信号TRS。Aperiodic tracking reference signal TRS.
在一些实施例中,第四信号的配置方式包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the configuration of the fourth signal includes at least one of the following:
第四信号的周期性配置;a periodic configuration of a fourth signal;
第四信号的半持续配置。Semi-persistent configuration of the fourth signal.
在一些实施例中,处理模块,被配置为根据是否符合确定k;用于指示指定信号在一个资源单元RE上的接收功率;Iot为UE在一个RE上的噪声与干扰的接收功率之和;X为任意实数。In some embodiments, the processing module is configured to Determine k; It is used to indicate the received power of a specified signal on a resource unit RE; Iot is the sum of the received power of noise and interference of the UE on a RE; X is an arbitrary real number.
在一些实施例中,SSB的结构包括第一结构和/或第二结构;第一结构和第二结构的信号类型和/或发送参数至少其中之一不同。In some embodiments, the structure of the SSB includes a first structure and/or a second structure; the first structure and the second structure are different in at least one of the signal type and/or transmission parameters.
在一些实施例中,第一结构的SSB包括主同步信号PSS和辅同步信号SSS,且第二结构的SSB包括PSS、SSS以及物理广播信道PBCH;或者,In some embodiments, the SSB of the first structure includes a primary synchronization signal PSS and a secondary synchronization signal SSS, and the SSB of the second structure includes the PSS, the SSS, and the physical broadcast channel PBCH; or,
第一结构的SSB对应的一个SSB突发集中的相邻两个SSB波束之间无时域间隔或具有第一时间间隔,且第二结构的SSB对应的一个SSB突发集中的相邻两个SSB波束之间具有第二时间间隔;第二时间间隔大于第一时间间隔;或者,There is no time domain interval or a first time interval between two adjacent SSB beams in an SSB burst set corresponding to the SSB of the first structure, and there is a second time interval between two adjacent SSB beams in an SSB burst set corresponding to the SSB of the second structure; the second time interval is greater than the first time interval; or,
第一结构SSB对应的相邻两个SSB突发集之间无时域间隔或具有第三时间间隔,且第二结构的SSB对应的相邻两个SSB突发集之间具有第四时间间隔;第四时间间隔大于第三时间间隔。There is no time domain interval or a third time interval between two adjacent SSB burst sets corresponding to the first structure SSB, and there is a fourth time interval between two adjacent SSB burst sets corresponding to the second structure SSB; the fourth time interval is greater than the third time interval.
在一些实施例中,SSB使用的发送图样包括第一图样和/或第二图样;第一图样和的第二图样涉及的波束个数和发送周期的至少其中之一不同。In some embodiments, the transmission pattern used by SSB includes a first pattern and/or a second pattern; the first pattern and the second pattern differ in at least one of the number of beams involved and the transmission period.
在一些实施例中,第一图样涉及的波束包括第一波束,且第二图样涉及的波束包括第一波束和第二波束;第一波束包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the beams involved in the first pattern include a first beam, and the beams involved in the second pattern include a first beam and a second beam; the first beam includes at least one of the following:
第一信号指示的波束;a beam indicated by the first signal;
第第一信号传输使用的波束;a beam used for first signal transmission;
第一信号传输使用的波束以及第一信号传输使用波束的一个或多个相邻波束;a beam used for first signal transmission and one or more adjacent beams of the beam used for first signal transmission;
第一信号指示的波束以及第一信号指示的波束的一个或多个相邻波束;The beam indicated by the first signal and one or more adjacent beams to the beam indicated by the first signal;
第二信号指示的波束;a beam indicated by a second signal;
第二信号传输使用的波束;a beam used for second signal transmission;
第二信号指示的波束以及第三信号指示的波束的一个或多个相邻波束;the beam indicated by the second signal and one or more adjacent beams to the beam indicated by the third signal;
第二信号传输使用的波束以及第三信号传输使用的波束的一个或多个相邻波束;a beam used for second signal transmission and one or more adjacent beams to the beam used for third signal transmission;
第二波束为第一小区内第一波束以外的任意波束;The second beam is any beam other than the first beam in the first cell;
或者, or,
第一图样涉及的发送周期位于第一取值范围内且第二图样涉及的发送周期位于第二取值范围内;第二取值范围与第一取值范围至少部分不同。The sending period involved in the first pattern is within a first value range, and the sending period involved in the second pattern is within a second value range; the second value range is at least partially different from the first value range.
在一些实施例中,第一需求包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the first requirement includes at least one of the following:
UE是否具有自动增益控制AGC的需求;Whether the UE has the requirement for automatic gain control (AGC);
UE是否具有小区检测的需求;Whether the UE has a cell detection requirement;
UE是否具有时频域跟踪的需求;Whether the UE has time-frequency domain tracking requirements;
UE是否具有层1测量和的需求。Whether the UE has a need for Layer 1 measurements.
在一些实施例中,处理模块,被配置为执行以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the processing module is configured to perform at least one of the following:
第一小区的层3结果周期,确定UE是否具有AGC和/或时频跟踪的需求;The layer 3 result period of the first cell determines whether the UE has AGC and/or time-frequency tracking requirements;
根据UE的接收功率,确定UE是否具有AGC和/或时频跟踪的需求;Determine whether the UE has AGC and/or time-frequency tracking requirements based on the UE's received power;
根据第一小区是否为已知小区,确定UE是否具有层1测量的需求;在第一小区为未知小区的情况下根据UE的接收功率,确定UE是否具有AGC、时频跟踪和/或层1测量的需求。Determine whether the UE has a need for layer 1 measurement based on whether the first cell is a known cell; if the first cell is an unknown cell, determine whether the UE has a need for AGC, time-frequency tracking and/or layer 1 measurement based on the UE's received power.
如图7B所示,本公开实施例提供一种UE,UE包括:As shown in FIG7B , an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a UE, which includes:
处理模块7201,被配置为根据第一信号的传输,确定第一小区执行第一传输的时段;第一信号用于第一小区在第一状态和第二状态之间状态切换;第一小区在第一状态下停止第一传输;第一小区在第二状态下执行第一传输。The processing module 7201 is configured to determine a time period during which the first cell performs the first transmission based on the transmission of the first signal; the first signal is used for the first cell to switch between the first state and the second state; the first cell stops the first transmission in the first state; and the first cell performs the first transmission in the second state.
在一些实施例中,该处理模块可被配置为执行UE执行的信息处理方法中信息处理相关的任意步骤。In some embodiments, the processing module may be configured to execute any steps related to information processing in the information processing method executed by the UE.
在一些实施例中,该UE还可包括:发送模块和/或接收模块。In some embodiments, the UE may further include: a sending module and/or a receiving module.
在一些实施例中,该发送模块和/或接收模块可对应于UE的网络接口和/或收发天线。In some embodiments, the sending module and/or the receiving module may correspond to a network interface and/or a transceiver antenna of the UE.
在一些实施例中,发送模块,被配置为向第一小区的第一网络设备或第二小区的第二网络设备发送第一信号;或者,接收第一小区的第一网络设备或第二小区的第二网络设备发送的第一信号。In some embodiments, the sending module is configured to send a first signal to a first network device in a first cell or a second network device in a second cell; or receive a first signal sent by the first network device in the first cell or the second network device in the second cell.
在一些实施例中,接收模块,被配置为已向第一小区的第一网络设备或第二小区的第二网络设备发送第一信号,接收第一网络设备或第二网络设备发送的第二信号;或者,In some embodiments, the receiving module is configured to send a first signal to a first network device in a first cell or a second network device in a second cell, and receive a second signal sent by the first network device or the second network device; or
在一些实施例中,发送模块,被配置为接收第一小区的第一网络设备或第二小区的第二网络设备发送的第一信号,向第一网络设备或第二网络设备发送第二信号;In some embodiments, the sending module is configured to receive a first signal sent by a first network device in a first cell or a second network device in a second cell, and send a second signal to the first network device or the second network device;
第二信号为第一信号的确认信号。The second signal is a confirmation signal of the first signal.
在一些实施例中,处理模块,被配置为确定第一小区执行第一传输的最晚时刻。In some embodiments, the processing module is configured to determine a latest time when the first cell performs the first transmission.
在一些实施例中,处理模块,被配置为确定时间单元n+k为第一小区执行第一传输的最晚时刻;其中,n与第一信号相关;k为时域偏移量。In some embodiments, the processing module is configured to determine a time unit n+k as the latest time when the first cell performs the first transmission; wherein n is related to the first signal; and k is a time domain offset.
在一些实施例中,处理模块,被配置为执行以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the processing module is configured to perform at least one of the following:
根据第一信号的接收时刻或发送时刻,确定n;Determine n according to the reception time or the transmission time of the first signal;
根据第二信号的发送时刻或接收时刻确定n;第二信号为第一信号的确认信号。n is determined according to the sending time or receiving time of the second signal; the second signal is a confirmation signal of the first signal.
在一些实施例中,处理模块,被配置为执行以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the processing module is configured to perform at least one of the following:
根据第一信号的信号类型,确定k;determining k according to a signal type of the first signal;
根据第一小区使用的频率范围,确定k;Determine k according to a frequency range used by the first cell;
根据第一小区是否为UE的已知小区,确定k;Determining k according to whether the first cell is a known cell of the UE;
根据第一小区的层3测量周期,确定k;Determine k according to the layer 3 measurement period of the first cell;
根据第一小区是否有配置同步信号广播块SSB的测量间隔,确定k;Determine k according to whether the first cell has a measurement interval configured with a synchronization signal broadcast block SSB;
根据UE是否有配置多个辅小区,确定k;Determine k based on whether the UE is configured with multiple secondary cells;
根据UE配置的辅小区个数,确定k;Determine k based on the number of secondary cells configured by the UE;
根据第一小区是否有配置第三信号,确定k;Determine k according to whether the first cell is configured with a third signal;
根据第一小区中第四信号的配置方式,确定k;Determine k according to a configuration mode of the fourth signal in the first cell;
根据UE的接收功率,确定k;Determine k based on the UE's received power;
根据UE是否有激活与第一小区同频的第三小区,确定k;Determine k based on whether the UE has activated a third cell with the same frequency as the first cell;
根据UE激活的与第一小区同频的第三小区使用的频率范围,确定k;Determine k based on a frequency range used by a third cell activated by the UE and having the same frequency as the first cell;
根据UE的激活服务小区使用的频率范围,确定k;Determine k based on the frequency range used by the activated serving cell of the UE;
根据UE在第一频率范围上是否有激活的服务小区,确定k;Determine k based on whether the UE has an activated serving cell in the first frequency range;
根据UE在第一频率范围上激活的服务小区个数,确定k;Determine k according to the number of serving cells activated by the UE in the first frequency range;
根据第一小区配置的SSB的结构,确定k;Determine k according to the structure of the SSB configured in the first cell;
根据第一小区配置的SSB使用的发送图样,确定k; Determine k according to a transmission pattern used by the SSB configured in the first cell;
根据第一小区配置的SSB使用的功率控制参数,确定k;Determine k according to a power control parameter used by the SSB configured in the first cell;
根据UE是否具有第一需求,确定k。k is determined according to whether the UE has the first requirement.
在一些实施例中,In some embodiments,
第一信号的信号类型包括以下至少之一:The signal type of the first signal includes at least one of the following:
第一信号为唤醒信号WUS;The first signal is a wake-up signal WUS;
第一信号为第一指示;第一指示,用于指示第一小区开启或关闭;The first signal is a first indication; the first indication is used to indicate whether the first cell is turned on or off;
第一信号为第二指示;第二指示,用于指示第一小区激活或去激活。The first signal is a second indication; the second indication is used to indicate activation or deactivation of the first cell.
在一些实施例中,处理模块,被配置为执行以下至少之一:根据第一小区的SSB的层3测量周期,确定k;In some embodiments, the processing module is configured to perform at least one of the following: determining k based on a layer 3 measurement period of the SSB of the first cell;
根据第一小区的信道状态信息-参考信号CSI-RS的层3测量周期,确定k。k is determined according to a layer 3 measurement period of a channel state information-reference signal CSI-RS of the first cell.
在一些实施例中,第三信号包括非周期的参考信号。In some embodiments, the third signal comprises a non-periodic reference signal.
在一些实施例中,非周期的参考信号包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the non-periodic reference signal includes at least one of the following:
非周期的CSI-RS;Aperiodic CSI-RS;
非周期的跟踪参考信号TRS。Aperiodic tracking reference signal TRS.
在一些实施例中,第四信号的配置方式包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the configuration of the fourth signal includes at least one of the following:
第四信号的周期性配置;a periodic configuration of a fourth signal;
第四信号的半持续配置。Semi-persistent configuration of the fourth signal.
在一些实施例中,处理模块,被配置为根据是否符合确定k;用于指示指定信号在一个资源单元RE上的接收功率;Iot为UE在一个RE上的噪声与干扰的接收功率之和;X为任意实数。In some embodiments, the processing module is configured to Determine k; It is used to indicate the received power of a specified signal on a resource unit RE; Iot is the sum of the received power of noise and interference of the UE on a RE; X is an arbitrary real number.
在一些实施例中,SSB的结构包括第一结构和/或第二结构;第一结构和第二结构的型号类型和/或发送参数至少其中之一不同。In some embodiments, the structure of the SSB includes a first structure and/or a second structure; the first structure and the second structure are different in at least one of the model type and/or transmission parameters.
在一些实施例中,第一结构的SSB包括主同步信号PSS和辅同步信号SSS,且第二结构的SSB包括PSS、SSS以及物理广播信道PBCH;或者,In some embodiments, the SSB of the first structure includes a primary synchronization signal PSS and a secondary synchronization signal SSS, and the SSB of the second structure includes the PSS, the SSS, and the physical broadcast channel PBCH; or,
第一结构的SSB对应的一个SSB突发集中的相邻两个SSB波束之间无时域间隔或具有第一时间间隔,且第二结构的SSB对应的一个SSB突发集中的相邻两个SSB波束之间具有第二时间间隔;第二时间间隔大于第一时间间隔;或者,There is no time domain interval or a first time interval between two adjacent SSB beams in an SSB burst set corresponding to the SSB of the first structure, and there is a second time interval between two adjacent SSB beams in an SSB burst set corresponding to the SSB of the second structure; the second time interval is greater than the first time interval; or,
第一结构SSB对应的相邻两个SSB突发集之间无时域间隔具有第三时间间隔,且第二结构的SSB对应的相邻两个SSB突发集之间具有第四时间间隔;第四时间间隔大于第三时间间隔。There is no time domain interval between two adjacent SSB burst sets corresponding to the first structure SSB and there is a third time interval, and there is a fourth time interval between two adjacent SSB burst sets corresponding to the second structure SSB; the fourth time interval is greater than the third time interval.
在一些实施例中,SSB使用的发送图样包括第一图样和/或第二图样;第一图样和的第二图样涉及的波束个数和发送周期的至少其中之一不同。In some embodiments, the transmission pattern used by SSB includes a first pattern and/or a second pattern; the first pattern and the second pattern differ in at least one of the number of beams involved and the transmission period.
在一些实施例中,第一图样涉及的波束包括第一波束,且第二图样涉及的波束包括第一波束和第二波束;第一波束包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the beams involved in the first pattern include a first beam, and the beams involved in the second pattern include a first beam and a second beam; the first beam includes at least one of the following:
第一信号指示的波束;a beam indicated by the first signal;
第第一信号传输使用的波束;a beam used for first signal transmission;
第一信号传输使用的波束以及第一信号传输使用波束的一个或多个相邻波束;a beam used for first signal transmission and one or more adjacent beams of the beam used for first signal transmission;
第一信号指示的波束以及第一信号指示的波束的一个或多个相邻波束;The beam indicated by the first signal and one or more adjacent beams to the beam indicated by the first signal;
第二信号指示的波束;a beam indicated by a second signal;
第二信号传输使用的波束;a beam used for second signal transmission;
第二信号指示的波束以及第三信号指示的波束的一个或多个相邻波束;the beam indicated by the second signal and one or more adjacent beams to the beam indicated by the third signal;
第二信号传输使用的波束以及第三信号传输使用的波束的一个或多个相邻波束;a beam used for second signal transmission and one or more adjacent beams to the beam used for third signal transmission;
第二波束为第一小区内第一波束以外的任意波束;The second beam is any beam other than the first beam in the first cell;
或者,or,
第一图样涉及的发送周期位于第一取值范围内且第二图样涉及的发送周期位于第二取值范围内;第二取值范围与第一取值范围至少部分不同。The sending period involved in the first pattern is within a first value range, and the sending period involved in the second pattern is within a second value range; the second value range is at least partially different from the first value range.
在一些实施例中,第一需求包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the first requirement includes at least one of the following:
UE是否具有自动增益控制AGC的需求;Whether the UE has the requirement for automatic gain control (AGC);
UE是否具有小区检测的需求;Whether the UE has a cell detection requirement;
UE是否具有时频域跟踪的需求;Whether the UE has time-frequency domain tracking requirements;
UE是否具有层1测量和的需求。Whether the UE has a need for Layer 1 measurements.
在一些实施例中,处理模块,还被配置为执行以下至少之一: In some embodiments, the processing module is further configured to perform at least one of the following:
第一小区的层3结果周期,确定UE是否具有AGC和/或时频跟踪的需求;The layer 3 result period of the first cell determines whether the UE has AGC and/or time-frequency tracking requirements;
根据UE的接收功率,确定UE是否具有AGC和/或时频跟踪的需求;Determine whether the UE has AGC and/or time-frequency tracking requirements based on the UE's received power;
根据第一小区是否为已知小区,确定UE是否具有层1测量的需求;在第一小区为未知小区的情况下根据UE的接收功率,确定UE是否具有AGC、时频跟踪和/或层1测量的需求。Determine whether the UE has a need for layer 1 measurement based on whether the first cell is a known cell; if the first cell is an unknown cell, determine whether the UE has a need for AGC, time-frequency tracking and/or layer 1 measurement based on the UE's received power.
如图7C所示,本公开实施例提供一种第二网络设备,其中,第二网络设备包括:As shown in FIG7C , an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a second network device, wherein the second network device includes:
发送模块7301,被配置为向第一小区的第一网络设备发送第一信号;第一信号用于第一小区在第一状态和第二状态之间状态切换;第一小区在第一状态下停止第一传输;第一小区在第二状态下执行第一传输;第一信号的传输,还用于确定第一小区执行第一传输的时段。The sending module 7301 is configured to send a first signal to the first network device of the first cell; the first signal is used for the first cell to switch between the first state and the second state; the first cell stops the first transmission in the first state; the first cell performs the first transmission in the second state; the transmission of the first signal is also used to determine the time period during which the first cell performs the first transmission.
在一些实施例中,该处理模块可用于第二网络设备执行任意一个信息处理方法中的信息处理相关的步骤。In some embodiments, the processing module may be used by the second network device to execute information processing-related steps in any information processing method.
在一些实施例中,该第二网络设备还可包括:发送模块和/或接收模块。In some embodiments, the second network device may further include: a sending module and/or a receiving module.
在一些实施例中,该发送模块和/或接收模块可对应于第二网络设备的网络接口和/或收发天线。In some embodiments, the sending module and/or the receiving module may correspond to a network interface and/or a transceiver antenna of the second network device.
在一些实施例中,该发送模块可用于第二网络设备执行任意一个信息处理方法中的信息发送相关的步骤。In some embodiments, the sending module may be used by the second network device to execute steps related to information sending in any information processing method.
在一些实施例中,该接收模块可用于第二网络设备执行任意一个信息处理方法中的信息发送相关的步骤。In some embodiments, the receiving module may be used by the second network device to execute steps related to information sending in any information processing method.
在一些实施例中,接收模块被配置为接收第一网络设备发送的第二信号;第二信号为第一信号的确认信号。In some embodiments, the receiving module is configured to receive a second signal sent by the first network device; the second signal is a confirmation signal of the first signal.
在一些实施例中,发送模块还被配置为基于UE发送的第一信号向第一网络设备发送第一信号且接收第一网络设备发送的第二信号,向UE发送第二信号。In some embodiments, the sending module is further configured to send a first signal to the first network device based on the first signal sent by the UE and receive a second signal sent by the first network device, and send a second signal to the UE.
本公开实施例还提供一种通信设备,该通信设备可包括:一个或多个处理器;其中,处理器用于调用指令以使得通信设备执行前述任何一个实施例可实现的信息处理方法。An embodiment of the present disclosure further provides a communication device, which may include: one or more processors; wherein the processor is used to call instructions to enable the communication device to execute an information processing method that can be implemented in any of the aforementioned embodiments.
在一些实施例中,如图8A和/或图8B所示,通信设备8100还包括用于存储指令的一个或多个存储器8102。可选地,全部或部分存储器8102也可以处于通信设备8100之外。8A and/or 8B , the communication device 8100 further includes one or more memories 8102 for storing instructions. Alternatively, all or part of the memories 8102 may be located outside the communication device 8100.
该通信设备可为前述的终端以及网络设备。在一些实施例中,该网络设备可为主节点和/或辅助节点。The communication device may be the aforementioned terminal and network device. In some embodiments, the network device may be a master node and/or an auxiliary node.
在一些实施例中,通信设备8100还包括一个或多个收发器8103。在通信设备8100包括一个或多个收发器8103时,上述方法中的发送接收等通信步骤由收发器8103执行,其他步骤由处理器8101执行。In some embodiments, the communication device 8100 further includes one or more transceivers 8103. When the communication device 8100 includes one or more transceivers 8103, the communication steps such as sending and receiving in the above method are performed by the transceiver 8103, and the other steps are performed by the processor 8101.
在一些实施例中,收发器可以包括接收器和发送器,接收器和发送器可以是分离的,也可以集成在一起。可选地,收发器、收发单元、收发机、收发电路等术语可以相互替换,发送器、发送单元、发送机、发送电路等术语可以相互替换,接收器、接收单元、接收机、接收电路等术语可以相互替换。In some embodiments, a transceiver may include a receiver and a transmitter, which may be separate or integrated. Optionally, the terms transceiver, transceiver unit, transceiver, and transceiver circuit may be used interchangeably; the terms transmitter, transmitting unit, transmitter, and transmitting circuit may be used interchangeably; and the terms receiver, receiving unit, receiver, and receiving circuit may be used interchangeably.
可选地,通信设备8100还包括一个或多个接口电路8104,接口电路8104与存储器8102连接,接口电路8104可用于从存储器8102或其他装置接收信号,可用于向存储器8102或其他装置发送信号。例如,接口电路8104可读取存储器8102中存储的指令,并将该指令发送给处理器8101。Optionally, the communication device 8100 further includes one or more interface circuits 8104, which are connected to the memory 8102. The interface circuits 8104 can be used to receive signals from the memory 8102 or other devices, and can be used to send signals to the memory 8102 or other devices. For example, the interface circuits 8104 can read instructions stored in the memory 8102 and send the instructions to the processor 8101.
以上实施例描述中的通信设备8100可以是网络设备或者终端,但本公开中描述的通信设备8100的范围并不限于此,通信设备8100的结构可以不受图8A的限制。通信设备可以是独立的设备或者可以是较大设备的一部分。例如通信设备可以是:(1)独立的集成电路IC,或芯片,或,芯片系统或子系统;(2)具有一个或多个IC的集合,可选地,上述IC集合也可以包括用于存储数据,程序的存储部件;(3)ASIC,例如调制解调器(Modem);(4)可嵌入在其他设备内的模块;(5)接收机、终端设备、智能终端设备、蜂窝电话、无线设备、手持机、移动单元、车载设备、网络设备、云设备、人工智能设备等等;(6)其他等等。The communication device 8100 described in the above embodiment may be a network device or a terminal, but the scope of the communication device 8100 described in the present disclosure is not limited thereto, and the structure of the communication device 8100 may not be limited by FIG. 8A. The communication device may be an independent device or may be part of a larger device. For example, the communication device may be: (1) an independent integrated circuit IC, or a chip, or a chip system or subsystem; (2) a collection of one or more ICs, optionally, the above IC collection may also include a storage component for storing data or programs; (3) an ASIC, such as a modem; (4) a module that can be embedded in other devices; (5) a receiver, a terminal device, an intelligent terminal device, a cellular phone, a wireless device, a handheld device, a mobile unit, an in-vehicle device, a network device, a cloud device, an artificial intelligence device, etc.; (6) others, etc.
图8B是本公开实施例提供的芯片8200的结构示意图。对于通信设备8100可以是芯片或芯片系统的情况,可以参见图8B所示的芯片8200的结构示意图,但不限于此。FIG8B is a schematic diagram of the structure of a chip 8200 provided in an embodiment of the present disclosure. If the communication device 8100 can be a chip or a chip system, please refer to the schematic diagram of the structure of the chip 8200 shown in FIG8B , but the present disclosure is not limited thereto.
芯片8200包括一个或多个处理器8201,处理器8201用于调用指令以使得芯片8200执行以上任一种信息处理方法。The chip 8200 includes one or more processors 8201 , and the processor 8201 is used to call instructions so that the chip 8200 executes any of the above information processing methods.
在一些实施例中,芯片8200还包括一个或多个接口电路8202,接口电路8202与存储器8203连接,接口电路8202可以用于从存储器8203或其他装置接收信号,接口电路8202可用于向存储器8203或其他装置发送信号。例如,接口电路8202可读取存储器8203中存储的指令,并将该指令发送给处理器8201。可选地,接口电路、接口、收发管脚、收发器等术语可以相互替换。In some embodiments, chip 8200 further includes one or more interface circuits 8202, which are connected to memory 8203. Interface circuit 8202 can be used to receive signals from memory 8203 or other devices, and can be used to send signals to memory 8203 or other devices. For example, interface circuit 8202 can read instructions stored in memory 8203 and send the instructions to processor 8201. Optionally, the terms interface circuit, interface, transceiver pin, and transceiver are interchangeable.
在一些实施例中,芯片8200还包括用于存储指令的一个或多个存储器8203。可选地,全部或部 分存储器8203可以处于芯片8200之外。In some embodiments, the chip 8200 further includes one or more memories 8203 for storing instructions. The sub-memory 8203 may be located outside the chip 8200 .
本公开还提供一种存储介质,上述存储介质上存储有指令,当上述指令在通信设备8100上运行时,使得通信设备8100执行以上任一种方法。可选地,上述存储介质是电子存储介质。可选地,上述存储介质是计算机可读存储介质,但也可以是其他装置可读的存储介质。可选地,上述存储介质可以是非暂时性(non-transitory)存储介质,但也可以是暂时性存储介质。The present disclosure also provides a storage medium having instructions stored thereon, which, when executed on the communication device 8100, causes the communication device 8100 to execute any of the above methods. Optionally, the storage medium is an electronic storage medium. Optionally, the storage medium is a computer-readable storage medium, but may also be a storage medium readable by other devices. Optionally, the storage medium may be a non-transitory storage medium, but may also be a transient storage medium.
本公开还提供一种程序产品,上述程序产品被通信设备8100执行时,使得通信设备8100执行以上任一种信息处理方法。可选地,上述程序产品是计算机程序产品。The present disclosure further provides a program product, which, when executed by the communication device 8100, enables the communication device 8100 to perform any of the above information processing methods. Optionally, the program product is a computer program product.
本公开还提供一种计算机程序,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行以上任一种信息处理方法。The present disclosure also provides a computer program, which, when executed on a computer, enables the computer to execute any one of the above information processing methods.
本领域技术人员在考虑说明书及实践这里公开的发明后,将容易想到本公开实施例的其它实施方式。本公开旨在涵盖本公开实施例的任何变型、用途或者适应性变化,这些变型、用途或者适应性变化遵循本公开实施例的一般性原理并包括本公开未公开的本技术领域中的公知常识或惯用技术手段。说明书和实施例仅被视为示例性的,本公开实施例的真正范围和精神由下面的权利要求指出。Other embodiments of the present invention will readily occur to those skilled in the art after considering the specification and practicing the invention disclosed herein. This disclosure is intended to cover any variations, uses, or adaptations of the present invention that follow the general principles of the present invention and include common knowledge or customary techniques in the art not disclosed herein. The specification and examples are to be considered as exemplary only, with the true scope and spirit of the present invention being indicated by the following claims.
应当理解的是,本公开实施例并不局限于上面已经描述并在附图中示出的精确结构,并且可以在不脱离其范围进行各种修改和改变。本公开实施例的范围仅由所附的权利要求来限制。 It should be understood that the embodiments of the present disclosure are not limited to the precise structures described above and shown in the drawings, and various modifications and changes can be made without departing from the scope thereof. The scope of the embodiments of the present disclosure is limited only by the appended claims.
Claims (47)
Priority Applications (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2024/076484 WO2025166601A1 (en) | 2024-02-06 | 2024-02-06 | Information processing method, communication device, and storage medium |
| CN202480005684.6A CN121014234A (en) | 2024-02-06 | 2024-02-06 | Information processing method, communication device, and storage medium |
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2024/076484 WO2025166601A1 (en) | 2024-02-06 | 2024-02-06 | Information processing method, communication device, and storage medium |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2025166601A1 true WO2025166601A1 (en) | 2025-08-14 |
Family
ID=96698974
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2024/076484 Pending WO2025166601A1 (en) | 2024-02-06 | 2024-02-06 | Information processing method, communication device, and storage medium |
Country Status (2)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| CN (1) | CN121014234A (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2025166601A1 (en) |
Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2023143413A1 (en) * | 2022-01-27 | 2023-08-03 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Synchronization signal block receiving method, synchronization signal block sending method, and related device |
| WO2023216837A1 (en) * | 2022-05-07 | 2023-11-16 | 华为技术有限公司 | Data transmission method and apparatus |
| WO2023234014A1 (en) * | 2022-05-30 | 2023-12-07 | Nec Corporation | Method, user equipment, and access network node |
| WO2024022517A1 (en) * | 2022-07-29 | 2024-02-01 | 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 | Energy-saving signal transmission method and apparatus, configuration method and apparatus, and device |
-
2024
- 2024-02-06 WO PCT/CN2024/076484 patent/WO2025166601A1/en active Pending
- 2024-02-06 CN CN202480005684.6A patent/CN121014234A/en active Pending
Patent Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2023143413A1 (en) * | 2022-01-27 | 2023-08-03 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Synchronization signal block receiving method, synchronization signal block sending method, and related device |
| WO2023216837A1 (en) * | 2022-05-07 | 2023-11-16 | 华为技术有限公司 | Data transmission method and apparatus |
| WO2023234014A1 (en) * | 2022-05-30 | 2023-12-07 | Nec Corporation | Method, user equipment, and access network node |
| WO2024022517A1 (en) * | 2022-07-29 | 2024-02-01 | 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 | Energy-saving signal transmission method and apparatus, configuration method and apparatus, and device |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| CN121014234A (en) | 2025-11-25 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| EP3639588B1 (en) | Uplink carrier selection for prach transmission between a nr dedicated carrier and a lte/nr shared carrier | |
| WO2025016019A1 (en) | Information transmission method and apparatus, communication device, communication system, and storage medium | |
| WO2025060090A1 (en) | Random access channel occasion (ro) configuration method, information processing method, device, and storage medium | |
| WO2025129699A1 (en) | Indication information sending method and apparatus | |
| KR20230043124A (en) | How to improve radio communication device measurements | |
| WO2025086233A1 (en) | Information processing methods, communication device and storage medium | |
| WO2025091525A1 (en) | Communication method, terminal, network device and storage medium | |
| WO2025166601A1 (en) | Information processing method, communication device, and storage medium | |
| WO2025020153A1 (en) | Information indication method, terminal, network device, communication system, and storage medium | |
| CN117099449A (en) | Frequency resource allocation processing method, terminal, network equipment and communication system | |
| WO2025166595A1 (en) | Capability reporting method and apparatus, capability determination method and apparatus, and storage medium | |
| WO2025129702A1 (en) | Downlink transmission triggering method, communication device, and storage medium | |
| WO2025166769A1 (en) | Information determination method and apparatus, communication system, and storage medium | |
| WO2025160995A1 (en) | Information processing method related to measurement of secondary cell, communication device, and storage medium | |
| WO2025184910A1 (en) | Communication method, terminal, network device, and storage medium | |
| WO2025043727A1 (en) | Paging method, communication device, and storage medium | |
| WO2025035339A1 (en) | Information processing method, and terminal, network device and storage medium | |
| WO2025245701A1 (en) | Communication methods, terminals, network devices, communication system, and storage medium | |
| WO2025020154A1 (en) | Communication method, terminal, network device, communication system, and storage medium | |
| WO2025039194A1 (en) | Positioning measurement method and terminal | |
| WO2025166768A1 (en) | Information receiving method and apparatus, information sending method and apparatus, communication system, and network device | |
| WO2025147822A1 (en) | Communication method and apparatus therefor | |
| WO2025129706A1 (en) | Information transmission method and apparatus, and storage medium | |
| WO2025166578A1 (en) | Information transmission method and apparatus, and storage medium | |
| WO2025138247A1 (en) | Method for determining resource, device, and storage medium |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 24922844 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |